<?xml version="1.0"?>
<feed xmlns="http://www.w3.org/2005/Atom" xml:lang="en">
	<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/api.php?action=feedcontributions&amp;feedformat=atom&amp;user=Pg3518</id>
	<title>ChemWiki - User contributions [en]</title>
	<link rel="self" type="application/atom+xml" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/api.php?action=feedcontributions&amp;feedformat=atom&amp;user=Pg3518"/>
	<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/wiki/Special:Contributions/Pg3518"/>
	<updated>2026-04-11T22:18:50Z</updated>
	<subtitle>User contributions</subtitle>
	<generator>MediaWiki 1.43.0</generator>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=File:Energyplot_reaction2_pg3518.png&amp;diff=801159</id>
		<title>File:Energyplot reaction2 pg3518.png</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=File:Energyplot_reaction2_pg3518.png&amp;diff=801159"/>
		<updated>2020-05-08T21:34:07Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Pg3518: Pg3518 uploaded a new version of File:Energyplot reaction2 pg3518.png&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Pg3518</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:pg3518&amp;diff=801144</id>
		<title>MRD:pg3518</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:pg3518&amp;diff=801144"/>
		<updated>2020-05-08T21:21:44Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Pg3518: /* Reaction dynamics */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;= Molecular Reaction Dynamics: Applications to Triatomic systems =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Exercise 1: H +H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; system ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== The transition state ===&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:&#039;&#039;&#039;#36c&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;On a potential energy surface diagram, how is the transition state mathematically defined? How can the transition state be identified, and how can it be distinguished from a local minimum of the potential energy surface?&#039;&#039;[[File:Plot TS distances1 pg3518.png|alt=Plot showing Internuclear distances versus Time at transition state, r=90.775 pm. Plot shows to straight parallel lines. |thumb|Plot showing Internuclear distances vs Time at &#039;&#039;&#039;r&#039;&#039;&#039;= 90.775 pm.]]&lt;br /&gt;
The transition state is defined as the point with maximum energy on the minimum energy pathway of the reaction. Thus, the transition state has to be a saddle point. The saddle point is a stationary point, therefore its gradient has to equal zero. But also moving along the two different directions from the saddle point we get a local minimum in one direction and the local maximum in the direction orthogonal to the first. This means the transition state can be distinguished from the local minimum of the potential energy surface by identifying that it is also a local maximum in one of the directions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Dynamics from the transition state region ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Trajectories from r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;: locating the transition state ====&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;Report your best estimate of the transition state position (&#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;) and explain your reasoning illustrating it with a “Internuclear Distances vs Time” plot for a relevant trajectory.&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The products are identical to the reactants in the reaction of H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;. The Hammond&#039;s postulate suggests the transition state resembles the products and the reactants equally. This means that the potential energy surface is symmetrical along &#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;AB&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;=&#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;BC &amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;and the transition state lies at the local minimum of this axis. Shifting along &#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;AB&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;=&#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;BC&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039; will result in vibrations, which results in sinusoidal curves instead of perfectly straight lines. The position of the transition state was then adjusted by looking at forces acting along AB and BC directions. The transition state is a stationary point. Thus, the forces should be 0 at the point. The position of the transition state for this reaction was found to be &#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;=90.775 ± 3 pm.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Calculating the reaction path ====&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;Comment on how the mep and the trajectory you just calculated differ.&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Once the transition state was identified the minimum energy path can be calculated by slightly displacing the system (&#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;AB&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;=&#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;+1 pm, &#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;BC&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;=&#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;) with zero momentum (&#039;&#039;&#039;p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;AB&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;=&#039;&#039;&#039;p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;BC&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;=0 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;). The calculation type was changed from dynamic to MEP (minimum energy path), which resets the moments to zero after each step. This ensures that the system does not gain kinetic energy and does not oscillate as a consequence.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Plot MEP distances1 pg3518.png|thumb|MEP Internuclear distances vs Time plot|300x300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Plot MEP contour1 pg3518.png|thumb|MEP Contour plot|left]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Plot dynamic distances1 pg3518.png|thumb|Dynamic Ineternuclear distances vs Time plot]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Plot dynamic contour1 pg3518.png|left|thumb|Dynamic Contour plot]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|+ The position and momentum at the 1500&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;th&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; step (10 steps/fs)&lt;br /&gt;
!&lt;br /&gt;
!Dynamic&lt;br /&gt;
!MEP&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;AB&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039; / pm&lt;br /&gt;
|1113&lt;br /&gt;
|232&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;BC&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; &#039;&#039;&#039;/ pm&lt;br /&gt;
|76&lt;br /&gt;
|74&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;&#039;p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;AB&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039; mol·fs / g·pm&lt;br /&gt;
|5.1&lt;br /&gt;
|0&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;&#039;p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;BC&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; &#039;&#039;&#039;mol·fs / g·pm&lt;br /&gt;
|2.7&lt;br /&gt;
|0&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
When  (&#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;AB&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;=&#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;, &#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;BC&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;=&#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts &amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;+1 pm) are used as initial values for calculation of the reaction path, the result is a reflection trough mirror axis &#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;AB&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;=&#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;BC&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039; of the previously calculated reaction path. This is a result of the symmetric potential energy surface. When the final position from the table above was used as the initial position in the calculation and the signs of the momentum were reversed, we can see exactly the same trajectory where the system stops at the transition state.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Reactive and unreactive trajectories ===&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;Complete the table by adding the total energy, whether the trajectory is reactive or unreactive, and provide a plot of the trajectory and a small description for what happens along the trajectory. What can you conclude from the table?&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|+ The calculated trajectories from the initial position &#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;AB&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= 74 pm and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;BC&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= 200 pm&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
!&lt;br /&gt;
!p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;AB&#039;&#039;&#039; &#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;mol·fs / g·pm&lt;br /&gt;
!p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;BC&#039;&#039;&#039; &#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;mol·fs / g·pm&lt;br /&gt;
!E&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;tot&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
!Reactive?&lt;br /&gt;
!Description of the dynamics&lt;br /&gt;
!Illustration of the trajectory&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;&#039;1&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-2.56&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-5.1&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-414.3&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|YES&lt;br /&gt;
|The molecule AB and the atom C approach each other directly with enough momentum to overcome the activation barrier and form the new molecule BC.&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Plot1 dynamics contour pg3518.png|thumb]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;&#039;2&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-3.1&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-4.1&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-420.1&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|NO&lt;br /&gt;
|The C approaches AB directly. The system does not have enough momentum to overcome the activation barrier.  &lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Plot2 dynamics pg3518.png|thumb]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;&#039;3&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-3.1&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-5.1&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-414.0&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|YES&lt;br /&gt;
|The system approaches the transition state fast with small oscillations. After passing the transition state the newly formed molecule BC has a higher vibrational frequency.&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Plot3 dynamics pg3518.png|thumb]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;&#039;4&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-5.1&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-10.1&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-357.3&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|NO&lt;br /&gt;
|The C approaches the molecule AB very fast. Newly formed molecule BC has too big momentum and vibrational energy. The BC reacts with A to reform AB with large vibrational energy.&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Plot4 dynamics pg3518.png|thumb]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;&#039;5&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-5.1&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-10.6&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-349.5&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|YES&lt;br /&gt;
|The C reacts with AB to from BC with the vibrational energy so big that the system passes the diagonal axis and form AB. C collides with AB. However, this time the oscillations do not cause the system to pass the &#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;AB&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;=&#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;BC &amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;axis. Therefore, the BC is formed.&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Plot5 dynamics pg3518.png|thumb]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
The calculations above show that the hypothesis: &amp;quot;All trajectories starting with the same positions but with higher values of momenta (higher kinetic energy) are reactive, as they have enough kinetic energy to overcome the activation barrier.&amp;quot; is incorrect. The condition of having higher kinetic energy than the activation barrier to be reactive is a necessary condition, not a sufficient one.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Transition state theory ====&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;Given the results you have obtained, how will Transition State Theory predictions for reaction rate values compare with experimental values?&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Transition State Theory predicts rates of the reactions assuming the following:&lt;br /&gt;
* the potential energy surface is divided between reactants and products by line orthogonal to MEP at the transition state.&lt;br /&gt;
* all trajectories with kinetic energy along the reaction coordinate greater than the activation energy will be reactive&lt;br /&gt;
This approximation is very useful for the reactions at low temperatures (kinetic conditions) as only some of the molecules have efficient energy to overcome the activation barrier. As shown in the table above in example 4, sufficient kinetic energy to pass the activation barrier is not the only condition. At high temperatures, the molecules with high energy can react to form products, which then can react again to produce reactants. Furthermore, the Transition State Theory does not account for orientation and molecular geometry, which both are important factors determining the reaction rate. Therefore, we would expect the experimental reaction rates to be lower than estimated ones.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Exercise 2: F-H-H system ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== PES inspection ===&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;By inspecting the potential energy surfaces, classify the F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and H + HF reactions according to their energetics (endothermic or exothermic). How does this relate to the bond strength of the chemical species involved?&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The reactants (atom F and molecule H-H) are much higher at the potential energy surface than products (F-H, H). This difference suggests the reaction (H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; + F → HF + H) is exothermic, releasing approximately 125.6 KJ/mol. The backward reaction (HF + H → H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; + F) is endothermic. The FH bond is much stronger than the bond in the H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule.&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Surface Plot FHH pg3518.png|centre|thumb|The potential energy surface plot shows the difference between the energy of products and reactants.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;Locate the approximate position of the transition state&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
According to Hammond&#039;s postulate, the transition state resembles the state, which is closer in energy. This means that the transition state will be more similar to the reactants (F, and H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;). In the reaction, the activation barrier is very small and the transition state is not obvious. In these calculations&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;,&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; the distance AB is referring to the distance between H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and the BC is the distance between H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and F. The transition state was found to lie at &#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;AB&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;= 74.487 pm, &#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;BC&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;= 181.11 pm. &lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Surface Plot FHH TS pg3518.png|centre|thumb|The transition state is shown as a red cross. ]]&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;Report the activation energy for both reactions.&#039;&#039; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This was done by slightly displacing the system from the transition state and calculating MEP.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== &#039;&#039;&#039;The&#039;&#039;&#039; &#039;&#039;&#039;H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; + F → HF + H reaction&#039;&#039;&#039; ====&lt;br /&gt;
This is an exothermic reaction. Therefore, the activation energy was expected to be smaller than the reverse reaction. To calculate the activation energy of this reaction, the system was moved to the direction of the reactants (in the direction of the backward reaction). The activation energy was found to be 0.7 KJ/mol.  &lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Energyplot reaction2 pg3518.png|centre|thumb|The total energy shows only a small dip in energy when moving from TS to H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; + F.]] &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== &#039;&#039;&#039;The&#039;&#039;&#039; &#039;&#039;&#039;HF + H → H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; + F reaction&#039;&#039;&#039; ====&lt;br /&gt;
This is an endothermic reaction. Therefore, the activation energy was expected to be larger than in the previous reaction. The activation energy was found to be 126 KJ/mol. &lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Energyplot reaction1 pg3518.png|centre|thumb|The total energy shows a large dip in energy when moving from TS to FH + H.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Reaction dynamics ===&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;In light of the fact that energy is conserved, discuss the mechanism of release of the reaction energy. Explain how this could be confirmed experimentally.&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The initial conditions resulting in successful trajectory were found to be &#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;AB&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;= 75 pm, &#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;BC&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;= 225 pm, &#039;&#039;&#039;p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;= -1 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;, &#039;&#039;&#039;p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;= -5 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;. This is an exothermic reaction. Therefore, the energy is released, but total energy has to be conserved. The plot below shows the trajectory of this reaction. The H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; vibrates moderately while approaching the F. The FH is formed with high vibrational energy and the H was close. The H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; was reformed for a brief moment to react with F again. This time the HF was formed and did not react with H. The released energy can be observed as vibrations with high energy and large amplitude. The vibration modes can be experimentally observed by Infrared Spectroscopy and the released energy can be measured in a calorimeter.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Contour dynamics FHH 1pg3518.png|left|thumb|The contour plot of successful reaction forming FH ]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Momentum plot pg3518.png|thumb|The Momentum vs. Time plot shows increased vibrations.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The reaction HF + H → H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; + F is endothermic. This means that in order for the reaction to be successful, we need to put a large amount of energy into the system in the form of large momentum. The initial conditions for the reaction shown below are: &#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;AB&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;= 225 pm, &#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;BC&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;= 75 pm, &#039;&#039;&#039;p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;= -4 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;, &#039;&#039;&#039;p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;= -1 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Endothermic contour pg3518.png|centre|thumb|The contour plot of an endothermic reaction. ]]&#039;&#039;Discuss how the distribution of energy between different modes (translation and vibration) affect the efficiency of the reaction, and how this is influenced by the position of the transition state.&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Polanyi&#039;s empirical rules stats that translational energy is better than vibrational energy at promoting the reaction with an early transition state (exothermic reaction) and vise versa. These rules were confirmed to be useful by examining HF + H → H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; + F reaction with the same initial position &#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;AB&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;= 225 pm, &#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;BC&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;= 75 pm but different momentum.&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Endothermic contour pg3518.png|left|thumb|Successful reaction. The reactants had high vibrational energy and low translational. &lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;= -4 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;, &#039;&#039;&#039;p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;= -1 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Contour dynamics FHH 2pg3518.png|thumb|Unsuccessful reaction. The reactants had low vibrational energy but large translational energy. &#039;&#039;&#039;p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;= -1 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;, &#039;&#039;&#039;p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;= -4 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Pg3518</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:pg3518&amp;diff=801143</id>
		<title>MRD:pg3518</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:pg3518&amp;diff=801143"/>
		<updated>2020-05-08T21:21:06Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Pg3518: /* Reaction dynamics */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;= Molecular Reaction Dynamics: Applications to Triatomic systems =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Exercise 1: H +H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; system ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== The transition state ===&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:&#039;&#039;&#039;#36c&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;On a potential energy surface diagram, how is the transition state mathematically defined? How can the transition state be identified, and how can it be distinguished from a local minimum of the potential energy surface?&#039;&#039;[[File:Plot TS distances1 pg3518.png|alt=Plot showing Internuclear distances versus Time at transition state, r=90.775 pm. Plot shows to straight parallel lines. |thumb|Plot showing Internuclear distances vs Time at &#039;&#039;&#039;r&#039;&#039;&#039;= 90.775 pm.]]&lt;br /&gt;
The transition state is defined as the point with maximum energy on the minimum energy pathway of the reaction. Thus, the transition state has to be a saddle point. The saddle point is a stationary point, therefore its gradient has to equal zero. But also moving along the two different directions from the saddle point we get a local minimum in one direction and the local maximum in the direction orthogonal to the first. This means the transition state can be distinguished from the local minimum of the potential energy surface by identifying that it is also a local maximum in one of the directions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Dynamics from the transition state region ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Trajectories from r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;: locating the transition state ====&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;Report your best estimate of the transition state position (&#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;) and explain your reasoning illustrating it with a “Internuclear Distances vs Time” plot for a relevant trajectory.&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The products are identical to the reactants in the reaction of H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;. The Hammond&#039;s postulate suggests the transition state resembles the products and the reactants equally. This means that the potential energy surface is symmetrical along &#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;AB&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;=&#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;BC &amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;and the transition state lies at the local minimum of this axis. Shifting along &#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;AB&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;=&#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;BC&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039; will result in vibrations, which results in sinusoidal curves instead of perfectly straight lines. The position of the transition state was then adjusted by looking at forces acting along AB and BC directions. The transition state is a stationary point. Thus, the forces should be 0 at the point. The position of the transition state for this reaction was found to be &#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;=90.775 ± 3 pm.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Calculating the reaction path ====&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;Comment on how the mep and the trajectory you just calculated differ.&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Once the transition state was identified the minimum energy path can be calculated by slightly displacing the system (&#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;AB&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;=&#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;+1 pm, &#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;BC&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;=&#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;) with zero momentum (&#039;&#039;&#039;p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;AB&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;=&#039;&#039;&#039;p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;BC&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;=0 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;). The calculation type was changed from dynamic to MEP (minimum energy path), which resets the moments to zero after each step. This ensures that the system does not gain kinetic energy and does not oscillate as a consequence.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Plot MEP distances1 pg3518.png|thumb|MEP Internuclear distances vs Time plot|300x300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Plot MEP contour1 pg3518.png|thumb|MEP Contour plot|left]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Plot dynamic distances1 pg3518.png|thumb|Dynamic Ineternuclear distances vs Time plot]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Plot dynamic contour1 pg3518.png|left|thumb|Dynamic Contour plot]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|+ The position and momentum at the 1500&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;th&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; step (10 steps/fs)&lt;br /&gt;
!&lt;br /&gt;
!Dynamic&lt;br /&gt;
!MEP&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;AB&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039; / pm&lt;br /&gt;
|1113&lt;br /&gt;
|232&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;BC&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; &#039;&#039;&#039;/ pm&lt;br /&gt;
|76&lt;br /&gt;
|74&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;&#039;p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;AB&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039; mol·fs / g·pm&lt;br /&gt;
|5.1&lt;br /&gt;
|0&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;&#039;p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;BC&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; &#039;&#039;&#039;mol·fs / g·pm&lt;br /&gt;
|2.7&lt;br /&gt;
|0&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
When  (&#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;AB&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;=&#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;, &#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;BC&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;=&#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts &amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;+1 pm) are used as initial values for calculation of the reaction path, the result is a reflection trough mirror axis &#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;AB&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;=&#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;BC&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039; of the previously calculated reaction path. This is a result of the symmetric potential energy surface. When the final position from the table above was used as the initial position in the calculation and the signs of the momentum were reversed, we can see exactly the same trajectory where the system stops at the transition state.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Reactive and unreactive trajectories ===&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;Complete the table by adding the total energy, whether the trajectory is reactive or unreactive, and provide a plot of the trajectory and a small description for what happens along the trajectory. What can you conclude from the table?&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|+ The calculated trajectories from the initial position &#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;AB&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= 74 pm and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;BC&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= 200 pm&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
!&lt;br /&gt;
!p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;AB&#039;&#039;&#039; &#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;mol·fs / g·pm&lt;br /&gt;
!p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;BC&#039;&#039;&#039; &#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;mol·fs / g·pm&lt;br /&gt;
!E&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;tot&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
!Reactive?&lt;br /&gt;
!Description of the dynamics&lt;br /&gt;
!Illustration of the trajectory&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;&#039;1&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-2.56&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-5.1&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-414.3&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|YES&lt;br /&gt;
|The molecule AB and the atom C approach each other directly with enough momentum to overcome the activation barrier and form the new molecule BC.&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Plot1 dynamics contour pg3518.png|thumb]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;&#039;2&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-3.1&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-4.1&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-420.1&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|NO&lt;br /&gt;
|The C approaches AB directly. The system does not have enough momentum to overcome the activation barrier.  &lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Plot2 dynamics pg3518.png|thumb]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;&#039;3&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-3.1&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-5.1&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-414.0&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|YES&lt;br /&gt;
|The system approaches the transition state fast with small oscillations. After passing the transition state the newly formed molecule BC has a higher vibrational frequency.&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Plot3 dynamics pg3518.png|thumb]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;&#039;4&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-5.1&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-10.1&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-357.3&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|NO&lt;br /&gt;
|The C approaches the molecule AB very fast. Newly formed molecule BC has too big momentum and vibrational energy. The BC reacts with A to reform AB with large vibrational energy.&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Plot4 dynamics pg3518.png|thumb]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;&#039;5&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-5.1&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-10.6&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-349.5&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|YES&lt;br /&gt;
|The C reacts with AB to from BC with the vibrational energy so big that the system passes the diagonal axis and form AB. C collides with AB. However, this time the oscillations do not cause the system to pass the &#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;AB&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;=&#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;BC &amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;axis. Therefore, the BC is formed.&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Plot5 dynamics pg3518.png|thumb]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
The calculations above show that the hypothesis: &amp;quot;All trajectories starting with the same positions but with higher values of momenta (higher kinetic energy) are reactive, as they have enough kinetic energy to overcome the activation barrier.&amp;quot; is incorrect. The condition of having higher kinetic energy than the activation barrier to be reactive is a necessary condition, not a sufficient one.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Transition state theory ====&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;Given the results you have obtained, how will Transition State Theory predictions for reaction rate values compare with experimental values?&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Transition State Theory predicts rates of the reactions assuming the following:&lt;br /&gt;
* the potential energy surface is divided between reactants and products by line orthogonal to MEP at the transition state.&lt;br /&gt;
* all trajectories with kinetic energy along the reaction coordinate greater than the activation energy will be reactive&lt;br /&gt;
This approximation is very useful for the reactions at low temperatures (kinetic conditions) as only some of the molecules have efficient energy to overcome the activation barrier. As shown in the table above in example 4, sufficient kinetic energy to pass the activation barrier is not the only condition. At high temperatures, the molecules with high energy can react to form products, which then can react again to produce reactants. Furthermore, the Transition State Theory does not account for orientation and molecular geometry, which both are important factors determining the reaction rate. Therefore, we would expect the experimental reaction rates to be lower than estimated ones.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Exercise 2: F-H-H system ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== PES inspection ===&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;By inspecting the potential energy surfaces, classify the F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and H + HF reactions according to their energetics (endothermic or exothermic). How does this relate to the bond strength of the chemical species involved?&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The reactants (atom F and molecule H-H) are much higher at the potential energy surface than products (F-H, H). This difference suggests the reaction (H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; + F → HF + H) is exothermic, releasing approximately 125.6 KJ/mol. The backward reaction (HF + H → H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; + F) is endothermic. The FH bond is much stronger than the bond in the H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule.&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Surface Plot FHH pg3518.png|centre|thumb|The potential energy surface plot shows the difference between the energy of products and reactants.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;Locate the approximate position of the transition state&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
According to Hammond&#039;s postulate, the transition state resembles the state, which is closer in energy. This means that the transition state will be more similar to the reactants (F, and H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;). In the reaction, the activation barrier is very small and the transition state is not obvious. In these calculations&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;,&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; the distance AB is referring to the distance between H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and the BC is the distance between H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and F. The transition state was found to lie at &#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;AB&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;= 74.487 pm, &#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;BC&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;= 181.11 pm. &lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Surface Plot FHH TS pg3518.png|centre|thumb|The transition state is shown as a red cross. ]]&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;Report the activation energy for both reactions.&#039;&#039; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This was done by slightly displacing the system from the transition state and calculating MEP.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== &#039;&#039;&#039;The&#039;&#039;&#039; &#039;&#039;&#039;H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; + F → HF + H reaction&#039;&#039;&#039; ====&lt;br /&gt;
This is an exothermic reaction. Therefore, the activation energy was expected to be smaller than the reverse reaction. To calculate the activation energy of this reaction, the system was moved to the direction of the reactants (in the direction of the backward reaction). The activation energy was found to be 0.7 KJ/mol.  &lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Energyplot reaction2 pg3518.png|centre|thumb|The total energy shows only a small dip in energy when moving from TS to H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; + F.]] &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== &#039;&#039;&#039;The&#039;&#039;&#039; &#039;&#039;&#039;HF + H → H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; + F reaction&#039;&#039;&#039; ====&lt;br /&gt;
This is an endothermic reaction. Therefore, the activation energy was expected to be larger than in the previous reaction. The activation energy was found to be 126 KJ/mol. &lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Energyplot reaction1 pg3518.png|centre|thumb|The total energy shows a large dip in energy when moving from TS to FH + H.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Reaction dynamics ===&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;In light of the fact that energy is conserved, discuss the mechanism of release of the reaction energy. Explain how this could be confirmed experimentally.&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The initial conditions resulting in successful trajectory were found to be &#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;AB&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;= 75 pm, &#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;BC&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;= 225 pm, &#039;&#039;&#039;p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;= -1 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;, &#039;&#039;&#039;p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;= -5 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;. This is an exothermic reaction. Therefore, the energy is released, but total energy has to be conserved. The plot below shows the trajectory of this reaction. The H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; vibrates moderately while approaching the F. The FH is formed with high vibrational energy and the H was close. The H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; was reformed for a brief moment to react with F again. This time the HF was formed and did not react with H. The released energy can be observed as vibrations with high energy and large amplitude. The vibration modes can be experimentally observed by Infrared Spectroscopy and the released energy can be measured in a calorimeter.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Contour dynamics FHH 1pg3518.png|left|thumb|The contour plot of successful reaction forming FH ]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Momentum plot pg3518.png|thumb|The Momentum vs. Time plot shows increased vibrations.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The reaction HF + H → H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; + F is endothermic. This means that in order for the reaction to be successful, we need to put a large amount of energy into the system in the form of large momentum. The initial conditions for the reaction shown below are: &#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;AB&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;= 225 pm, &#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;BC&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;= 75 pm, &#039;&#039;&#039;p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;= -4 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;, &#039;&#039;&#039;p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;= -1 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Endothermic contour pg3518.png|centre|thumb|The contour plot of an endothermic reaction. ]]&#039;&#039;Discuss how the distribution of energy between different modes (translation and vibration) affect the efficiency of the reaction, and how this is influenced by the position of the transition state.&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Polanyi&#039;s empirical rules stats that translational energy is better than vibrational energy at promoting the reaction with an early transition state (exothermic reaction) and vise versa. These rules were confirmed to be useful by examining HF + H → H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; + F reaction with the same initial position &#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;AB&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;= 225 pm, &#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;BC&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;= 75 pm but different momentum.&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Endothermic contour pg3518.png|left|thumb|Successful reaction. The reactants had high vibrational energy and low translational. &lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;= -4 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;, &#039;&#039;&#039;p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;= -1 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Contour dynamics FHH 2pg3518.png|thumb|Unsuccessful reaction. The reactants had large vibrational energy but also large translational energy. &#039;&#039;&#039;p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;= -1 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;, &#039;&#039;&#039;p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;= -4 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Pg3518</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=File:Contour_dynamics_FHH_2pg3518.png&amp;diff=801141</id>
		<title>File:Contour dynamics FHH 2pg3518.png</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=File:Contour_dynamics_FHH_2pg3518.png&amp;diff=801141"/>
		<updated>2020-05-08T21:20:22Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Pg3518: Pg3518 uploaded a new version of File:Contour dynamics FHH 2pg3518.png&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Pg3518</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=File:Contour_dynamics_FHH_2pg3518.png&amp;diff=801137</id>
		<title>File:Contour dynamics FHH 2pg3518.png</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=File:Contour_dynamics_FHH_2pg3518.png&amp;diff=801137"/>
		<updated>2020-05-08T21:19:30Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Pg3518: Pg3518 uploaded a new version of File:Contour dynamics FHH 2pg3518.png&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Pg3518</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:pg3518&amp;diff=801136</id>
		<title>MRD:pg3518</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:pg3518&amp;diff=801136"/>
		<updated>2020-05-08T21:16:30Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Pg3518: /* Reaction dynamics */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;= Molecular Reaction Dynamics: Applications to Triatomic systems =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Exercise 1: H +H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; system ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== The transition state ===&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:&#039;&#039;&#039;#36c&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;On a potential energy surface diagram, how is the transition state mathematically defined? How can the transition state be identified, and how can it be distinguished from a local minimum of the potential energy surface?&#039;&#039;[[File:Plot TS distances1 pg3518.png|alt=Plot showing Internuclear distances versus Time at transition state, r=90.775 pm. Plot shows to straight parallel lines. |thumb|Plot showing Internuclear distances vs Time at &#039;&#039;&#039;r&#039;&#039;&#039;= 90.775 pm.]]&lt;br /&gt;
The transition state is defined as the point with maximum energy on the minimum energy pathway of the reaction. Thus, the transition state has to be a saddle point. The saddle point is a stationary point, therefore its gradient has to equal zero. But also moving along the two different directions from the saddle point we get a local minimum in one direction and the local maximum in the direction orthogonal to the first. This means the transition state can be distinguished from the local minimum of the potential energy surface by identifying that it is also a local maximum in one of the directions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Dynamics from the transition state region ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Trajectories from r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;: locating the transition state ====&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;Report your best estimate of the transition state position (&#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;) and explain your reasoning illustrating it with a “Internuclear Distances vs Time” plot for a relevant trajectory.&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The products are identical to the reactants in the reaction of H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;. The Hammond&#039;s postulate suggests the transition state resembles the products and the reactants equally. This means that the potential energy surface is symmetrical along &#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;AB&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;=&#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;BC &amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;and the transition state lies at the local minimum of this axis. Shifting along &#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;AB&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;=&#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;BC&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039; will result in vibrations, which results in sinusoidal curves instead of perfectly straight lines. The position of the transition state was then adjusted by looking at forces acting along AB and BC directions. The transition state is a stationary point. Thus, the forces should be 0 at the point. The position of the transition state for this reaction was found to be &#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;=90.775 ± 3 pm.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Calculating the reaction path ====&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;Comment on how the mep and the trajectory you just calculated differ.&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Once the transition state was identified the minimum energy path can be calculated by slightly displacing the system (&#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;AB&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;=&#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;+1 pm, &#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;BC&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;=&#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;) with zero momentum (&#039;&#039;&#039;p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;AB&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;=&#039;&#039;&#039;p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;BC&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;=0 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;). The calculation type was changed from dynamic to MEP (minimum energy path), which resets the moments to zero after each step. This ensures that the system does not gain kinetic energy and does not oscillate as a consequence.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Plot MEP distances1 pg3518.png|thumb|MEP Internuclear distances vs Time plot|300x300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Plot MEP contour1 pg3518.png|thumb|MEP Contour plot|left]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Plot dynamic distances1 pg3518.png|thumb|Dynamic Ineternuclear distances vs Time plot]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Plot dynamic contour1 pg3518.png|left|thumb|Dynamic Contour plot]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|+ The position and momentum at the 1500&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;th&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; step (10 steps/fs)&lt;br /&gt;
!&lt;br /&gt;
!Dynamic&lt;br /&gt;
!MEP&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;AB&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039; / pm&lt;br /&gt;
|1113&lt;br /&gt;
|232&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;BC&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; &#039;&#039;&#039;/ pm&lt;br /&gt;
|76&lt;br /&gt;
|74&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;&#039;p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;AB&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039; mol·fs / g·pm&lt;br /&gt;
|5.1&lt;br /&gt;
|0&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;&#039;p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;BC&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; &#039;&#039;&#039;mol·fs / g·pm&lt;br /&gt;
|2.7&lt;br /&gt;
|0&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
When  (&#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;AB&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;=&#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;, &#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;BC&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;=&#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts &amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;+1 pm) are used as initial values for calculation of the reaction path, the result is a reflection trough mirror axis &#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;AB&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;=&#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;BC&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039; of the previously calculated reaction path. This is a result of the symmetric potential energy surface. When the final position from the table above was used as the initial position in the calculation and the signs of the momentum were reversed, we can see exactly the same trajectory where the system stops at the transition state.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Reactive and unreactive trajectories ===&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;Complete the table by adding the total energy, whether the trajectory is reactive or unreactive, and provide a plot of the trajectory and a small description for what happens along the trajectory. What can you conclude from the table?&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|+ The calculated trajectories from the initial position &#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;AB&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= 74 pm and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;BC&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= 200 pm&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
!&lt;br /&gt;
!p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;AB&#039;&#039;&#039; &#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;mol·fs / g·pm&lt;br /&gt;
!p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;BC&#039;&#039;&#039; &#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;mol·fs / g·pm&lt;br /&gt;
!E&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;tot&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
!Reactive?&lt;br /&gt;
!Description of the dynamics&lt;br /&gt;
!Illustration of the trajectory&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;&#039;1&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-2.56&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-5.1&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-414.3&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|YES&lt;br /&gt;
|The molecule AB and the atom C approach each other directly with enough momentum to overcome the activation barrier and form the new molecule BC.&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Plot1 dynamics contour pg3518.png|thumb]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;&#039;2&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-3.1&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-4.1&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-420.1&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|NO&lt;br /&gt;
|The C approaches AB directly. The system does not have enough momentum to overcome the activation barrier.  &lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Plot2 dynamics pg3518.png|thumb]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;&#039;3&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-3.1&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-5.1&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-414.0&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|YES&lt;br /&gt;
|The system approaches the transition state fast with small oscillations. After passing the transition state the newly formed molecule BC has a higher vibrational frequency.&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Plot3 dynamics pg3518.png|thumb]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;&#039;4&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-5.1&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-10.1&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-357.3&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|NO&lt;br /&gt;
|The C approaches the molecule AB very fast. Newly formed molecule BC has too big momentum and vibrational energy. The BC reacts with A to reform AB with large vibrational energy.&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Plot4 dynamics pg3518.png|thumb]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;&#039;5&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-5.1&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-10.6&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-349.5&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|YES&lt;br /&gt;
|The C reacts with AB to from BC with the vibrational energy so big that the system passes the diagonal axis and form AB. C collides with AB. However, this time the oscillations do not cause the system to pass the &#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;AB&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;=&#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;BC &amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;axis. Therefore, the BC is formed.&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Plot5 dynamics pg3518.png|thumb]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
The calculations above show that the hypothesis: &amp;quot;All trajectories starting with the same positions but with higher values of momenta (higher kinetic energy) are reactive, as they have enough kinetic energy to overcome the activation barrier.&amp;quot; is incorrect. The condition of having higher kinetic energy than the activation barrier to be reactive is a necessary condition, not a sufficient one.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Transition state theory ====&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;Given the results you have obtained, how will Transition State Theory predictions for reaction rate values compare with experimental values?&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Transition State Theory predicts rates of the reactions assuming the following:&lt;br /&gt;
* the potential energy surface is divided between reactants and products by line orthogonal to MEP at the transition state.&lt;br /&gt;
* all trajectories with kinetic energy along the reaction coordinate greater than the activation energy will be reactive&lt;br /&gt;
This approximation is very useful for the reactions at low temperatures (kinetic conditions) as only some of the molecules have efficient energy to overcome the activation barrier. As shown in the table above in example 4, sufficient kinetic energy to pass the activation barrier is not the only condition. At high temperatures, the molecules with high energy can react to form products, which then can react again to produce reactants. Furthermore, the Transition State Theory does not account for orientation and molecular geometry, which both are important factors determining the reaction rate. Therefore, we would expect the experimental reaction rates to be lower than estimated ones.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Exercise 2: F-H-H system ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== PES inspection ===&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;By inspecting the potential energy surfaces, classify the F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and H + HF reactions according to their energetics (endothermic or exothermic). How does this relate to the bond strength of the chemical species involved?&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The reactants (atom F and molecule H-H) are much higher at the potential energy surface than products (F-H, H). This difference suggests the reaction (H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; + F → HF + H) is exothermic, releasing approximately 125.6 KJ/mol. The backward reaction (HF + H → H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; + F) is endothermic. The FH bond is much stronger than the bond in the H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule.&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Surface Plot FHH pg3518.png|centre|thumb|The potential energy surface plot shows the difference between the energy of products and reactants.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;Locate the approximate position of the transition state&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
According to Hammond&#039;s postulate, the transition state resembles the state, which is closer in energy. This means that the transition state will be more similar to the reactants (F, and H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;). In the reaction, the activation barrier is very small and the transition state is not obvious. In these calculations&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;,&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; the distance AB is referring to the distance between H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and the BC is the distance between H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and F. The transition state was found to lie at &#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;AB&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;= 74.487 pm, &#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;BC&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;= 181.11 pm. &lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Surface Plot FHH TS pg3518.png|centre|thumb|The transition state is shown as a red cross. ]]&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;Report the activation energy for both reactions.&#039;&#039; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This was done by slightly displacing the system from the transition state and calculating MEP.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== &#039;&#039;&#039;The&#039;&#039;&#039; &#039;&#039;&#039;H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; + F → HF + H reaction&#039;&#039;&#039; ====&lt;br /&gt;
This is an exothermic reaction. Therefore, the activation energy was expected to be smaller than the reverse reaction. To calculate the activation energy of this reaction, the system was moved to the direction of the reactants (in the direction of the backward reaction). The activation energy was found to be 0.7 KJ/mol.  &lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Energyplot reaction2 pg3518.png|centre|thumb|The total energy shows only a small dip in energy when moving from TS to H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; + F.]] &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== &#039;&#039;&#039;The&#039;&#039;&#039; &#039;&#039;&#039;HF + H → H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; + F reaction&#039;&#039;&#039; ====&lt;br /&gt;
This is an endothermic reaction. Therefore, the activation energy was expected to be larger than in the previous reaction. The activation energy was found to be 126 KJ/mol. &lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Energyplot reaction1 pg3518.png|centre|thumb|The total energy shows a large dip in energy when moving from TS to FH + H.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Reaction dynamics ===&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;In light of the fact that energy is conserved, discuss the mechanism of release of the reaction energy. Explain how this could be confirmed experimentally.&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The initial conditions resulting in successful trajectory were found to be &#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;AB&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;= 75 pm, &#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;BC&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;= 225 pm, &#039;&#039;&#039;p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;= -1 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;, &#039;&#039;&#039;p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;= -5 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;. This is an exothermic reaction. Therefore, the energy is released, but total energy has to be conserved. The plot below shows the trajectory of this reaction. The H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; vibrates moderately while approaching the F. The FH is formed with high vibrational energy and the H was close. The H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; was reformed for a brief moment to react with F again. This time the HF was formed and did not react with H. The released energy can be observed as vibrations with high energy and large amplitude. The vibration modes can be experimentally observed by Infrared Spectroscopy and the released energy can be measured in a calorimeter.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Contour dynamics FHH 1pg3518.png|left|thumb|The contour plot of successful reaction forming FH ]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Momentum plot pg3518.png|thumb|The Momentum vs. Time plot shows increased vibrations.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The reaction HF + H → H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; + F is endothermic. This means that in order for the reaction to be successful, we need to put a large amount of energy into the system in the form of large momentum. The initial conditions for the reaction shown below are: &#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;AB&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;= 225 pm, &#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;BC&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;= 75 pm, &#039;&#039;&#039;p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;= -4 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;, &#039;&#039;&#039;p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;= -1 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Endothermic contour pg3518.png|centre|thumb|The contour plot of an endothermic reaction. ]]&#039;&#039;Discuss how the distribution of energy between different modes (translation and vibration) affect the efficiency of the reaction, and how this is influenced by the position of the transition state.&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Polanyi&#039;s empirical rules stats that translational energy is better than vibrational energy at promoting the reaction with an early transition state (exothermic reaction) and vise versa. These rules were confirmed to be useful by examining HF + H → H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; + F reaction with the same initial position &#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;AB&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;= 225 pm, &#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;BC&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;= 75 pm but different momentum.&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Endothermic contour pg3518.png|left|thumb|Successful reaction. The reactants had high vibrational energy and low translational. &lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;= -4 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;, &#039;&#039;&#039;p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;= -1 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Contour dynamics FHH 2pg3518.png|thumb|Unsuccessful reaction. The reactants had large vibrational energy but also large translational energy. &#039;&#039;&#039;p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;= -4 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;, &#039;&#039;&#039;p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;= -4 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Pg3518</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:pg3518&amp;diff=801135</id>
		<title>MRD:pg3518</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:pg3518&amp;diff=801135"/>
		<updated>2020-05-08T21:14:53Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Pg3518: /* Reaction dynamics */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;= Molecular Reaction Dynamics: Applications to Triatomic systems =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Exercise 1: H +H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; system ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== The transition state ===&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:&#039;&#039;&#039;#36c&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;On a potential energy surface diagram, how is the transition state mathematically defined? How can the transition state be identified, and how can it be distinguished from a local minimum of the potential energy surface?&#039;&#039;[[File:Plot TS distances1 pg3518.png|alt=Plot showing Internuclear distances versus Time at transition state, r=90.775 pm. Plot shows to straight parallel lines. |thumb|Plot showing Internuclear distances vs Time at &#039;&#039;&#039;r&#039;&#039;&#039;= 90.775 pm.]]&lt;br /&gt;
The transition state is defined as the point with maximum energy on the minimum energy pathway of the reaction. Thus, the transition state has to be a saddle point. The saddle point is a stationary point, therefore its gradient has to equal zero. But also moving along the two different directions from the saddle point we get a local minimum in one direction and the local maximum in the direction orthogonal to the first. This means the transition state can be distinguished from the local minimum of the potential energy surface by identifying that it is also a local maximum in one of the directions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Dynamics from the transition state region ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Trajectories from r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;: locating the transition state ====&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;Report your best estimate of the transition state position (&#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;) and explain your reasoning illustrating it with a “Internuclear Distances vs Time” plot for a relevant trajectory.&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The products are identical to the reactants in the reaction of H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;. The Hammond&#039;s postulate suggests the transition state resembles the products and the reactants equally. This means that the potential energy surface is symmetrical along &#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;AB&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;=&#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;BC &amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;and the transition state lies at the local minimum of this axis. Shifting along &#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;AB&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;=&#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;BC&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039; will result in vibrations, which results in sinusoidal curves instead of perfectly straight lines. The position of the transition state was then adjusted by looking at forces acting along AB and BC directions. The transition state is a stationary point. Thus, the forces should be 0 at the point. The position of the transition state for this reaction was found to be &#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;=90.775 ± 3 pm.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Calculating the reaction path ====&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;Comment on how the mep and the trajectory you just calculated differ.&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Once the transition state was identified the minimum energy path can be calculated by slightly displacing the system (&#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;AB&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;=&#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;+1 pm, &#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;BC&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;=&#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;) with zero momentum (&#039;&#039;&#039;p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;AB&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;=&#039;&#039;&#039;p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;BC&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;=0 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;). The calculation type was changed from dynamic to MEP (minimum energy path), which resets the moments to zero after each step. This ensures that the system does not gain kinetic energy and does not oscillate as a consequence.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Plot MEP distances1 pg3518.png|thumb|MEP Internuclear distances vs Time plot|300x300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Plot MEP contour1 pg3518.png|thumb|MEP Contour plot|left]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Plot dynamic distances1 pg3518.png|thumb|Dynamic Ineternuclear distances vs Time plot]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Plot dynamic contour1 pg3518.png|left|thumb|Dynamic Contour plot]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|+ The position and momentum at the 1500&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;th&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; step (10 steps/fs)&lt;br /&gt;
!&lt;br /&gt;
!Dynamic&lt;br /&gt;
!MEP&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;AB&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039; / pm&lt;br /&gt;
|1113&lt;br /&gt;
|232&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;BC&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; &#039;&#039;&#039;/ pm&lt;br /&gt;
|76&lt;br /&gt;
|74&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;&#039;p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;AB&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039; mol·fs / g·pm&lt;br /&gt;
|5.1&lt;br /&gt;
|0&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;&#039;p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;BC&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; &#039;&#039;&#039;mol·fs / g·pm&lt;br /&gt;
|2.7&lt;br /&gt;
|0&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
When  (&#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;AB&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;=&#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;, &#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;BC&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;=&#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts &amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;+1 pm) are used as initial values for calculation of the reaction path, the result is a reflection trough mirror axis &#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;AB&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;=&#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;BC&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039; of the previously calculated reaction path. This is a result of the symmetric potential energy surface. When the final position from the table above was used as the initial position in the calculation and the signs of the momentum were reversed, we can see exactly the same trajectory where the system stops at the transition state.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Reactive and unreactive trajectories ===&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;Complete the table by adding the total energy, whether the trajectory is reactive or unreactive, and provide a plot of the trajectory and a small description for what happens along the trajectory. What can you conclude from the table?&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|+ The calculated trajectories from the initial position &#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;AB&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= 74 pm and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;BC&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= 200 pm&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
!&lt;br /&gt;
!p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;AB&#039;&#039;&#039; &#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;mol·fs / g·pm&lt;br /&gt;
!p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;BC&#039;&#039;&#039; &#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;mol·fs / g·pm&lt;br /&gt;
!E&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;tot&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
!Reactive?&lt;br /&gt;
!Description of the dynamics&lt;br /&gt;
!Illustration of the trajectory&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;&#039;1&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-2.56&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-5.1&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-414.3&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|YES&lt;br /&gt;
|The molecule AB and the atom C approach each other directly with enough momentum to overcome the activation barrier and form the new molecule BC.&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Plot1 dynamics contour pg3518.png|thumb]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;&#039;2&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-3.1&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-4.1&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-420.1&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|NO&lt;br /&gt;
|The C approaches AB directly. The system does not have enough momentum to overcome the activation barrier.  &lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Plot2 dynamics pg3518.png|thumb]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;&#039;3&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-3.1&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-5.1&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-414.0&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|YES&lt;br /&gt;
|The system approaches the transition state fast with small oscillations. After passing the transition state the newly formed molecule BC has a higher vibrational frequency.&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Plot3 dynamics pg3518.png|thumb]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;&#039;4&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-5.1&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-10.1&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-357.3&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|NO&lt;br /&gt;
|The C approaches the molecule AB very fast. Newly formed molecule BC has too big momentum and vibrational energy. The BC reacts with A to reform AB with large vibrational energy.&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Plot4 dynamics pg3518.png|thumb]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;&#039;5&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-5.1&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-10.6&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-349.5&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|YES&lt;br /&gt;
|The C reacts with AB to from BC with the vibrational energy so big that the system passes the diagonal axis and form AB. C collides with AB. However, this time the oscillations do not cause the system to pass the &#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;AB&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;=&#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;BC &amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;axis. Therefore, the BC is formed.&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Plot5 dynamics pg3518.png|thumb]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
The calculations above show that the hypothesis: &amp;quot;All trajectories starting with the same positions but with higher values of momenta (higher kinetic energy) are reactive, as they have enough kinetic energy to overcome the activation barrier.&amp;quot; is incorrect. The condition of having higher kinetic energy than the activation barrier to be reactive is a necessary condition, not a sufficient one.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Transition state theory ====&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;Given the results you have obtained, how will Transition State Theory predictions for reaction rate values compare with experimental values?&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Transition State Theory predicts rates of the reactions assuming the following:&lt;br /&gt;
* the potential energy surface is divided between reactants and products by line orthogonal to MEP at the transition state.&lt;br /&gt;
* all trajectories with kinetic energy along the reaction coordinate greater than the activation energy will be reactive&lt;br /&gt;
This approximation is very useful for the reactions at low temperatures (kinetic conditions) as only some of the molecules have efficient energy to overcome the activation barrier. As shown in the table above in example 4, sufficient kinetic energy to pass the activation barrier is not the only condition. At high temperatures, the molecules with high energy can react to form products, which then can react again to produce reactants. Furthermore, the Transition State Theory does not account for orientation and molecular geometry, which both are important factors determining the reaction rate. Therefore, we would expect the experimental reaction rates to be lower than estimated ones.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Exercise 2: F-H-H system ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== PES inspection ===&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;By inspecting the potential energy surfaces, classify the F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and H + HF reactions according to their energetics (endothermic or exothermic). How does this relate to the bond strength of the chemical species involved?&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The reactants (atom F and molecule H-H) are much higher at the potential energy surface than products (F-H, H). This difference suggests the reaction (H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; + F → HF + H) is exothermic, releasing approximately 125.6 KJ/mol. The backward reaction (HF + H → H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; + F) is endothermic. The FH bond is much stronger than the bond in the H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule.&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Surface Plot FHH pg3518.png|centre|thumb|The potential energy surface plot shows the difference between the energy of products and reactants.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;Locate the approximate position of the transition state&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
According to Hammond&#039;s postulate, the transition state resembles the state, which is closer in energy. This means that the transition state will be more similar to the reactants (F, and H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;). In the reaction, the activation barrier is very small and the transition state is not obvious. In these calculations&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;,&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; the distance AB is referring to the distance between H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and the BC is the distance between H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and F. The transition state was found to lie at &#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;AB&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;= 74.487 pm, &#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;BC&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;= 181.11 pm. &lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Surface Plot FHH TS pg3518.png|centre|thumb|The transition state is shown as a red cross. ]]&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;Report the activation energy for both reactions.&#039;&#039; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This was done by slightly displacing the system from the transition state and calculating MEP.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== &#039;&#039;&#039;The&#039;&#039;&#039; &#039;&#039;&#039;H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; + F → HF + H reaction&#039;&#039;&#039; ====&lt;br /&gt;
This is an exothermic reaction. Therefore, the activation energy was expected to be smaller than the reverse reaction. To calculate the activation energy of this reaction, the system was moved to the direction of the reactants (in the direction of the backward reaction). The activation energy was found to be 0.7 KJ/mol.  &lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Energyplot reaction2 pg3518.png|centre|thumb|The total energy shows only a small dip in energy when moving from TS to H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; + F.]] &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== &#039;&#039;&#039;The&#039;&#039;&#039; &#039;&#039;&#039;HF + H → H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; + F reaction&#039;&#039;&#039; ====&lt;br /&gt;
This is an endothermic reaction. Therefore, the activation energy was expected to be larger than in the previous reaction. The activation energy was found to be 126 KJ/mol. &lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Energyplot reaction1 pg3518.png|centre|thumb|The total energy shows a large dip in energy when moving from TS to FH + H.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Reaction dynamics ===&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;In light of the fact that energy is conserved, discuss the mechanism of release of the reaction energy. Explain how this could be confirmed experimentally.&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The initial conditions resulting in successful trajectory were found to be &#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;AB&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;= 75 pm, &#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;BC&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;= 225 pm, &#039;&#039;&#039;p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;= -1 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;, &#039;&#039;&#039;p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;= -5 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;. This is an exothermic reaction. Therefore, the energy is released, but total energy has to be conserved. The plot below shows the trajectory of this reaction. The H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; vibrates moderately while approaching the F. The FH is formed with high vibrational energy and the H was close. The H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; was reformed for a brief moment to react with F again. This time the HF was formed and did not react with H. The released energy can be observed as vibrations with high energy and large amplitude. The vibration modes can be experimentally observed by Infrared Spectroscopy and the released energy can be measured in a calorimeter.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Contour dynamics FHH 1pg3518.png|left|thumb|The contour plot of successful reaction forming FH ]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Momentum plot pg3518.png|thumb|The Momentum vs. Time plot shows increased vibrations.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The reaction HF + H → H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; + F is endothermic. This means that in order for the reaction to be successful, we need to put a large amount of energy into the system in the form of large momentum. The initial conditions for the reaction shown below are: &#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;AB&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;= 225 pm, &#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;BC&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;= 75 pm, &#039;&#039;&#039;p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;= -4 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;, &#039;&#039;&#039;p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;= -1 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Endothermic contour pg3518.png|centre|thumb|The contour plot of an endothermic reaction. ]]&#039;&#039;Discuss how the distribution of energy between different modes (translation and vibration) affect the efficiency of the reaction, and how this is influenced by the position of the transition state.&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Polanyi&#039;s empirical rules stats that translational energy is better than vibrational energy at promoting the reaction with an early transition state (exothermic reaction) and vise versa. This was confirmed by examining HF + H → H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; + F reaction with the same initial position &#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;AB&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;= 225 pm, &#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;BC&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;= 75 pm but different momentum.&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Endothermic contour pg3518.png|left|thumb|Successful reaction. The reactants had high vibrational energy and low translational. &lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;= -4 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;, &#039;&#039;&#039;p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;= -1 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Contour dynamics FHH 2pg3518.png|thumb|Unsuccessful reaction. The reactants had large vibrational energy but also large translational energy. &#039;&#039;&#039;p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;= -4 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;, &#039;&#039;&#039;p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;= -4 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Pg3518</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=File:Contour_dynamics_FHH_2pg3518.png&amp;diff=801134</id>
		<title>File:Contour dynamics FHH 2pg3518.png</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=File:Contour_dynamics_FHH_2pg3518.png&amp;diff=801134"/>
		<updated>2020-05-08T21:11:07Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Pg3518: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Pg3518</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:pg3518&amp;diff=801132</id>
		<title>MRD:pg3518</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:pg3518&amp;diff=801132"/>
		<updated>2020-05-08T21:06:47Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Pg3518: /* Reaction dynamics */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;= Molecular Reaction Dynamics: Applications to Triatomic systems =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Exercise 1: H +H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; system ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== The transition state ===&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:&#039;&#039;&#039;#36c&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;On a potential energy surface diagram, how is the transition state mathematically defined? How can the transition state be identified, and how can it be distinguished from a local minimum of the potential energy surface?&#039;&#039;[[File:Plot TS distances1 pg3518.png|alt=Plot showing Internuclear distances versus Time at transition state, r=90.775 pm. Plot shows to straight parallel lines. |thumb|Plot showing Internuclear distances vs Time at &#039;&#039;&#039;r&#039;&#039;&#039;= 90.775 pm.]]&lt;br /&gt;
The transition state is defined as the point with maximum energy on the minimum energy pathway of the reaction. Thus, the transition state has to be a saddle point. The saddle point is a stationary point, therefore its gradient has to equal zero. But also moving along the two different directions from the saddle point we get a local minimum in one direction and the local maximum in the direction orthogonal to the first. This means the transition state can be distinguished from the local minimum of the potential energy surface by identifying that it is also a local maximum in one of the directions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Dynamics from the transition state region ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Trajectories from r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;: locating the transition state ====&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;Report your best estimate of the transition state position (&#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;) and explain your reasoning illustrating it with a “Internuclear Distances vs Time” plot for a relevant trajectory.&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The products are identical to the reactants in the reaction of H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;. The Hammond&#039;s postulate suggests the transition state resembles the products and the reactants equally. This means that the potential energy surface is symmetrical along &#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;AB&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;=&#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;BC &amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;and the transition state lies at the local minimum of this axis. Shifting along &#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;AB&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;=&#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;BC&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039; will result in vibrations, which results in sinusoidal curves instead of perfectly straight lines. The position of the transition state was then adjusted by looking at forces acting along AB and BC directions. The transition state is a stationary point. Thus, the forces should be 0 at the point. The position of the transition state for this reaction was found to be &#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;=90.775 ± 3 pm.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Calculating the reaction path ====&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;Comment on how the mep and the trajectory you just calculated differ.&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Once the transition state was identified the minimum energy path can be calculated by slightly displacing the system (&#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;AB&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;=&#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;+1 pm, &#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;BC&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;=&#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;) with zero momentum (&#039;&#039;&#039;p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;AB&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;=&#039;&#039;&#039;p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;BC&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;=0 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;). The calculation type was changed from dynamic to MEP (minimum energy path), which resets the moments to zero after each step. This ensures that the system does not gain kinetic energy and does not oscillate as a consequence.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Plot MEP distances1 pg3518.png|thumb|MEP Internuclear distances vs Time plot|300x300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Plot MEP contour1 pg3518.png|thumb|MEP Contour plot|left]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Plot dynamic distances1 pg3518.png|thumb|Dynamic Ineternuclear distances vs Time plot]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Plot dynamic contour1 pg3518.png|left|thumb|Dynamic Contour plot]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|+ The position and momentum at the 1500&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;th&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; step (10 steps/fs)&lt;br /&gt;
!&lt;br /&gt;
!Dynamic&lt;br /&gt;
!MEP&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;AB&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039; / pm&lt;br /&gt;
|1113&lt;br /&gt;
|232&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;BC&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; &#039;&#039;&#039;/ pm&lt;br /&gt;
|76&lt;br /&gt;
|74&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;&#039;p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;AB&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039; mol·fs / g·pm&lt;br /&gt;
|5.1&lt;br /&gt;
|0&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;&#039;p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;BC&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; &#039;&#039;&#039;mol·fs / g·pm&lt;br /&gt;
|2.7&lt;br /&gt;
|0&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
When  (&#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;AB&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;=&#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;, &#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;BC&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;=&#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts &amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;+1 pm) are used as initial values for calculation of the reaction path, the result is a reflection trough mirror axis &#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;AB&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;=&#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;BC&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039; of the previously calculated reaction path. This is a result of the symmetric potential energy surface. When the final position from the table above was used as the initial position in the calculation and the signs of the momentum were reversed, we can see exactly the same trajectory where the system stops at the transition state.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Reactive and unreactive trajectories ===&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;Complete the table by adding the total energy, whether the trajectory is reactive or unreactive, and provide a plot of the trajectory and a small description for what happens along the trajectory. What can you conclude from the table?&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|+ The calculated trajectories from the initial position &#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;AB&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= 74 pm and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;BC&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= 200 pm&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
!&lt;br /&gt;
!p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;AB&#039;&#039;&#039; &#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;mol·fs / g·pm&lt;br /&gt;
!p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;BC&#039;&#039;&#039; &#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;mol·fs / g·pm&lt;br /&gt;
!E&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;tot&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
!Reactive?&lt;br /&gt;
!Description of the dynamics&lt;br /&gt;
!Illustration of the trajectory&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;&#039;1&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-2.56&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-5.1&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-414.3&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|YES&lt;br /&gt;
|The molecule AB and the atom C approach each other directly with enough momentum to overcome the activation barrier and form the new molecule BC.&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Plot1 dynamics contour pg3518.png|thumb]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;&#039;2&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-3.1&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-4.1&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-420.1&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|NO&lt;br /&gt;
|The C approaches AB directly. The system does not have enough momentum to overcome the activation barrier.  &lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Plot2 dynamics pg3518.png|thumb]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;&#039;3&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-3.1&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-5.1&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-414.0&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|YES&lt;br /&gt;
|The system approaches the transition state fast with small oscillations. After passing the transition state the newly formed molecule BC has a higher vibrational frequency.&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Plot3 dynamics pg3518.png|thumb]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;&#039;4&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-5.1&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-10.1&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-357.3&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|NO&lt;br /&gt;
|The C approaches the molecule AB very fast. Newly formed molecule BC has too big momentum and vibrational energy. The BC reacts with A to reform AB with large vibrational energy.&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Plot4 dynamics pg3518.png|thumb]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;&#039;5&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-5.1&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-10.6&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-349.5&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|YES&lt;br /&gt;
|The C reacts with AB to from BC with the vibrational energy so big that the system passes the diagonal axis and form AB. C collides with AB. However, this time the oscillations do not cause the system to pass the &#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;AB&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;=&#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;BC &amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;axis. Therefore, the BC is formed.&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Plot5 dynamics pg3518.png|thumb]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
The calculations above show that the hypothesis: &amp;quot;All trajectories starting with the same positions but with higher values of momenta (higher kinetic energy) are reactive, as they have enough kinetic energy to overcome the activation barrier.&amp;quot; is incorrect. The condition of having higher kinetic energy than the activation barrier to be reactive is a necessary condition, not a sufficient one.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Transition state theory ====&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;Given the results you have obtained, how will Transition State Theory predictions for reaction rate values compare with experimental values?&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Transition State Theory predicts rates of the reactions assuming the following:&lt;br /&gt;
* the potential energy surface is divided between reactants and products by line orthogonal to MEP at the transition state.&lt;br /&gt;
* all trajectories with kinetic energy along the reaction coordinate greater than the activation energy will be reactive&lt;br /&gt;
This approximation is very useful for the reactions at low temperatures (kinetic conditions) as only some of the molecules have efficient energy to overcome the activation barrier. As shown in the table above in example 4, sufficient kinetic energy to pass the activation barrier is not the only condition. At high temperatures, the molecules with high energy can react to form products, which then can react again to produce reactants. Furthermore, the Transition State Theory does not account for orientation and molecular geometry, which both are important factors determining the reaction rate. Therefore, we would expect the experimental reaction rates to be lower than estimated ones.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Exercise 2: F-H-H system ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== PES inspection ===&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;By inspecting the potential energy surfaces, classify the F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and H + HF reactions according to their energetics (endothermic or exothermic). How does this relate to the bond strength of the chemical species involved?&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The reactants (atom F and molecule H-H) are much higher at the potential energy surface than products (F-H, H). This difference suggests the reaction (H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; + F → HF + H) is exothermic, releasing approximately 125.6 KJ/mol. The backward reaction (HF + H → H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; + F) is endothermic. The FH bond is much stronger than the bond in the H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule.&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Surface Plot FHH pg3518.png|centre|thumb|The potential energy surface plot shows the difference between the energy of products and reactants.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;Locate the approximate position of the transition state&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
According to Hammond&#039;s postulate, the transition state resembles the state, which is closer in energy. This means that the transition state will be more similar to the reactants (F, and H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;). In the reaction, the activation barrier is very small and the transition state is not obvious. In these calculations&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;,&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; the distance AB is referring to the distance between H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and the BC is the distance between H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and F. The transition state was found to lie at &#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;AB&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;= 74.487 pm, &#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;BC&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;= 181.11 pm. &lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Surface Plot FHH TS pg3518.png|centre|thumb|The transition state is shown as a red cross. ]]&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;Report the activation energy for both reactions.&#039;&#039; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This was done by slightly displacing the system from the transition state and calculating MEP.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== &#039;&#039;&#039;The&#039;&#039;&#039; &#039;&#039;&#039;H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; + F → HF + H reaction&#039;&#039;&#039; ====&lt;br /&gt;
This is an exothermic reaction. Therefore, the activation energy was expected to be smaller than the reverse reaction. To calculate the activation energy of this reaction, the system was moved to the direction of the reactants (in the direction of the backward reaction). The activation energy was found to be 0.7 KJ/mol.  &lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Energyplot reaction2 pg3518.png|centre|thumb|The total energy shows only a small dip in energy when moving from TS to H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; + F.]] &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== &#039;&#039;&#039;The&#039;&#039;&#039; &#039;&#039;&#039;HF + H → H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; + F reaction&#039;&#039;&#039; ====&lt;br /&gt;
This is an endothermic reaction. Therefore, the activation energy was expected to be larger than in the previous reaction. The activation energy was found to be 126 KJ/mol. &lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Energyplot reaction1 pg3518.png|centre|thumb|The total energy shows a large dip in energy when moving from TS to FH + H.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Reaction dynamics ===&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;In light of the fact that energy is conserved, discuss the mechanism of release of the reaction energy. Explain how this could be confirmed experimentally.&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The initial conditions resulting in successful trajectory were found to be &#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;AB&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;= 75 pm, &#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;BC&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;= 225 pm, &#039;&#039;&#039;p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;= -1 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;, &#039;&#039;&#039;p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;= -5 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;. This is an exothermic reaction. Therefore, the energy is released, but total energy has to be conserved. The plot below shows the trajectory of this reaction. The H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; vibrates moderately while approaching the F. The FH is formed with high vibrational energy and the H was close. The H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; was reformed for a brief moment to react with F again. This time the HF was formed and did not react with H. The released energy can be observed as vibrations with high energy and large amplitude. The vibration modes can be experimentally observed by Infrared Spectroscopy and the released energy can be measured in a calorimeter.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Contour dynamics FHH 1pg3518.png|left|thumb|The contour plot of successful reaction forming FH ]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Momentum plot pg3518.png|thumb|The Momentum vs. Time plot shows increased vibrations.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The reaction HF + H → H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; + F is endothermic. This means that in order for the reaction to be successful, we need to put a large amount of energy into the system in the form of large momentum. The initial conditions for the reaction shown below are: &#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;AB&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;= 225 pm, &#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;BC&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;= 75 pm, &#039;&#039;&#039;p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;= -4 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;, &#039;&#039;&#039;p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;= -1 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Endothermic contour pg3518.png|centre|thumb|The contour plot of an endothermic reaction. ]]&#039;&#039;Discuss how the distribution of energy between different modes (translation and vibration) affect the efficiency of the reaction, and how this is influenced by the position of the transition state.&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Polanyi&#039;s empirical rules stats that translational energy is better than vibrational energy at promoting the reaction with an early transition state (exothermic reaction) and vise versa. This was confirmed by examining HF + H → H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; + F reaction with the same initial position &#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;AB&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;= 225 pm, &#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;BC&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;= 75 pm but different momentum.&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Endothermic contour pg3518.png|left|thumb|Successful reaction. The reactants had high vibrational energy and low translational. &lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;= -4 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;, &#039;&#039;&#039;p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;= -1 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Pg3518</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:pg3518&amp;diff=801130</id>
		<title>MRD:pg3518</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:pg3518&amp;diff=801130"/>
		<updated>2020-05-08T21:05:28Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Pg3518: /* Reaction dynamics */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;= Molecular Reaction Dynamics: Applications to Triatomic systems =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Exercise 1: H +H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; system ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== The transition state ===&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:&#039;&#039;&#039;#36c&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;On a potential energy surface diagram, how is the transition state mathematically defined? How can the transition state be identified, and how can it be distinguished from a local minimum of the potential energy surface?&#039;&#039;[[File:Plot TS distances1 pg3518.png|alt=Plot showing Internuclear distances versus Time at transition state, r=90.775 pm. Plot shows to straight parallel lines. |thumb|Plot showing Internuclear distances vs Time at &#039;&#039;&#039;r&#039;&#039;&#039;= 90.775 pm.]]&lt;br /&gt;
The transition state is defined as the point with maximum energy on the minimum energy pathway of the reaction. Thus, the transition state has to be a saddle point. The saddle point is a stationary point, therefore its gradient has to equal zero. But also moving along the two different directions from the saddle point we get a local minimum in one direction and the local maximum in the direction orthogonal to the first. This means the transition state can be distinguished from the local minimum of the potential energy surface by identifying that it is also a local maximum in one of the directions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Dynamics from the transition state region ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Trajectories from r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;: locating the transition state ====&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;Report your best estimate of the transition state position (&#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;) and explain your reasoning illustrating it with a “Internuclear Distances vs Time” plot for a relevant trajectory.&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The products are identical to the reactants in the reaction of H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;. The Hammond&#039;s postulate suggests the transition state resembles the products and the reactants equally. This means that the potential energy surface is symmetrical along &#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;AB&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;=&#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;BC &amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;and the transition state lies at the local minimum of this axis. Shifting along &#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;AB&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;=&#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;BC&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039; will result in vibrations, which results in sinusoidal curves instead of perfectly straight lines. The position of the transition state was then adjusted by looking at forces acting along AB and BC directions. The transition state is a stationary point. Thus, the forces should be 0 at the point. The position of the transition state for this reaction was found to be &#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;=90.775 ± 3 pm.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Calculating the reaction path ====&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;Comment on how the mep and the trajectory you just calculated differ.&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Once the transition state was identified the minimum energy path can be calculated by slightly displacing the system (&#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;AB&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;=&#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;+1 pm, &#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;BC&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;=&#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;) with zero momentum (&#039;&#039;&#039;p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;AB&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;=&#039;&#039;&#039;p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;BC&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;=0 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;). The calculation type was changed from dynamic to MEP (minimum energy path), which resets the moments to zero after each step. This ensures that the system does not gain kinetic energy and does not oscillate as a consequence.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Plot MEP distances1 pg3518.png|thumb|MEP Internuclear distances vs Time plot|300x300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Plot MEP contour1 pg3518.png|thumb|MEP Contour plot|left]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Plot dynamic distances1 pg3518.png|thumb|Dynamic Ineternuclear distances vs Time plot]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Plot dynamic contour1 pg3518.png|left|thumb|Dynamic Contour plot]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|+ The position and momentum at the 1500&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;th&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; step (10 steps/fs)&lt;br /&gt;
!&lt;br /&gt;
!Dynamic&lt;br /&gt;
!MEP&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;AB&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039; / pm&lt;br /&gt;
|1113&lt;br /&gt;
|232&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;BC&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; &#039;&#039;&#039;/ pm&lt;br /&gt;
|76&lt;br /&gt;
|74&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;&#039;p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;AB&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039; mol·fs / g·pm&lt;br /&gt;
|5.1&lt;br /&gt;
|0&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;&#039;p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;BC&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; &#039;&#039;&#039;mol·fs / g·pm&lt;br /&gt;
|2.7&lt;br /&gt;
|0&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
When  (&#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;AB&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;=&#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;, &#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;BC&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;=&#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts &amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;+1 pm) are used as initial values for calculation of the reaction path, the result is a reflection trough mirror axis &#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;AB&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;=&#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;BC&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039; of the previously calculated reaction path. This is a result of the symmetric potential energy surface. When the final position from the table above was used as the initial position in the calculation and the signs of the momentum were reversed, we can see exactly the same trajectory where the system stops at the transition state.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Reactive and unreactive trajectories ===&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;Complete the table by adding the total energy, whether the trajectory is reactive or unreactive, and provide a plot of the trajectory and a small description for what happens along the trajectory. What can you conclude from the table?&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|+ The calculated trajectories from the initial position &#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;AB&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= 74 pm and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;BC&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= 200 pm&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
!&lt;br /&gt;
!p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;AB&#039;&#039;&#039; &#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;mol·fs / g·pm&lt;br /&gt;
!p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;BC&#039;&#039;&#039; &#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;mol·fs / g·pm&lt;br /&gt;
!E&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;tot&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
!Reactive?&lt;br /&gt;
!Description of the dynamics&lt;br /&gt;
!Illustration of the trajectory&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;&#039;1&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-2.56&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-5.1&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-414.3&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|YES&lt;br /&gt;
|The molecule AB and the atom C approach each other directly with enough momentum to overcome the activation barrier and form the new molecule BC.&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Plot1 dynamics contour pg3518.png|thumb]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;&#039;2&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-3.1&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-4.1&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-420.1&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|NO&lt;br /&gt;
|The C approaches AB directly. The system does not have enough momentum to overcome the activation barrier.  &lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Plot2 dynamics pg3518.png|thumb]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;&#039;3&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-3.1&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-5.1&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-414.0&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|YES&lt;br /&gt;
|The system approaches the transition state fast with small oscillations. After passing the transition state the newly formed molecule BC has a higher vibrational frequency.&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Plot3 dynamics pg3518.png|thumb]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;&#039;4&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-5.1&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-10.1&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-357.3&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|NO&lt;br /&gt;
|The C approaches the molecule AB very fast. Newly formed molecule BC has too big momentum and vibrational energy. The BC reacts with A to reform AB with large vibrational energy.&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Plot4 dynamics pg3518.png|thumb]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;&#039;5&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-5.1&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-10.6&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-349.5&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|YES&lt;br /&gt;
|The C reacts with AB to from BC with the vibrational energy so big that the system passes the diagonal axis and form AB. C collides with AB. However, this time the oscillations do not cause the system to pass the &#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;AB&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;=&#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;BC &amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;axis. Therefore, the BC is formed.&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Plot5 dynamics pg3518.png|thumb]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
The calculations above show that the hypothesis: &amp;quot;All trajectories starting with the same positions but with higher values of momenta (higher kinetic energy) are reactive, as they have enough kinetic energy to overcome the activation barrier.&amp;quot; is incorrect. The condition of having higher kinetic energy than the activation barrier to be reactive is a necessary condition, not a sufficient one.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Transition state theory ====&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;Given the results you have obtained, how will Transition State Theory predictions for reaction rate values compare with experimental values?&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Transition State Theory predicts rates of the reactions assuming the following:&lt;br /&gt;
* the potential energy surface is divided between reactants and products by line orthogonal to MEP at the transition state.&lt;br /&gt;
* all trajectories with kinetic energy along the reaction coordinate greater than the activation energy will be reactive&lt;br /&gt;
This approximation is very useful for the reactions at low temperatures (kinetic conditions) as only some of the molecules have efficient energy to overcome the activation barrier. As shown in the table above in example 4, sufficient kinetic energy to pass the activation barrier is not the only condition. At high temperatures, the molecules with high energy can react to form products, which then can react again to produce reactants. Furthermore, the Transition State Theory does not account for orientation and molecular geometry, which both are important factors determining the reaction rate. Therefore, we would expect the experimental reaction rates to be lower than estimated ones.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Exercise 2: F-H-H system ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== PES inspection ===&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;By inspecting the potential energy surfaces, classify the F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and H + HF reactions according to their energetics (endothermic or exothermic). How does this relate to the bond strength of the chemical species involved?&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The reactants (atom F and molecule H-H) are much higher at the potential energy surface than products (F-H, H). This difference suggests the reaction (H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; + F → HF + H) is exothermic, releasing approximately 125.6 KJ/mol. The backward reaction (HF + H → H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; + F) is endothermic. The FH bond is much stronger than the bond in the H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule.&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Surface Plot FHH pg3518.png|centre|thumb|The potential energy surface plot shows the difference between the energy of products and reactants.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;Locate the approximate position of the transition state&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
According to Hammond&#039;s postulate, the transition state resembles the state, which is closer in energy. This means that the transition state will be more similar to the reactants (F, and H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;). In the reaction, the activation barrier is very small and the transition state is not obvious. In these calculations&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;,&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; the distance AB is referring to the distance between H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and the BC is the distance between H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and F. The transition state was found to lie at &#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;AB&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;= 74.487 pm, &#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;BC&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;= 181.11 pm. &lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Surface Plot FHH TS pg3518.png|centre|thumb|The transition state is shown as a red cross. ]]&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;Report the activation energy for both reactions.&#039;&#039; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This was done by slightly displacing the system from the transition state and calculating MEP.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== &#039;&#039;&#039;The&#039;&#039;&#039; &#039;&#039;&#039;H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; + F → HF + H reaction&#039;&#039;&#039; ====&lt;br /&gt;
This is an exothermic reaction. Therefore, the activation energy was expected to be smaller than the reverse reaction. To calculate the activation energy of this reaction, the system was moved to the direction of the reactants (in the direction of the backward reaction). The activation energy was found to be 0.7 KJ/mol.  &lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Energyplot reaction2 pg3518.png|centre|thumb|The total energy shows only a small dip in energy when moving from TS to H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; + F.]] &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== &#039;&#039;&#039;The&#039;&#039;&#039; &#039;&#039;&#039;HF + H → H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; + F reaction&#039;&#039;&#039; ====&lt;br /&gt;
This is an endothermic reaction. Therefore, the activation energy was expected to be larger than in the previous reaction. The activation energy was found to be 126 KJ/mol. &lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Energyplot reaction1 pg3518.png|centre|thumb|The total energy shows a large dip in energy when moving from TS to FH + H.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Reaction dynamics ===&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;In light of the fact that energy is conserved, discuss the mechanism of release of the reaction energy. Explain how this could be confirmed experimentally.&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The initial conditions resulting in successful trajectory were found to be &#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;AB&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;= 75 pm, &#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;BC&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;= 225 pm, &#039;&#039;&#039;p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;= -1 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;, &#039;&#039;&#039;p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;= -5 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;. This is an exothermic reaction. Therefore, the energy is released, but total energy has to be conserved. The plot below shows the trajectory of this reaction. The H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; vibrates moderately while approaching the F. The FH is formed with high vibrational energy and the H was close. The H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; was reformed for a brief moment to react with F again. This time the HF was formed and did not react with H. The released energy can be observed as vibrations with high energy and large amplitude. The vibration modes can be experimentally observed by Infrared Spectroscopy and the released energy can be measured in a calorimeter.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Contour dynamics FHH 1pg3518.png|left|thumb|The contour plot of successful reaction forming FH ]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Momentum plot pg3518.png|thumb|The Momentum vs. Time plot shows increased vibrations.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The reaction HF + H → H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; + F is endothermic. This means that in order for the reaction to be successful, we need to put a large amount of energy into the system in the form of large momentum. The initial conditions for the reaction shown below are: &#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;AB&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;= 225 pm, &#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;BC&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;= 75 pm, &#039;&#039;&#039;p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;= -4 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;, &#039;&#039;&#039;p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;= -1 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Endothermic contour pg3518.png|centre|thumb|The contour plot of an endothermic reaction. ]]&#039;&#039;Discuss how the distribution of energy between different modes (translation and vibration) affect the efficiency of the reaction, and how this is influenced by the position of the transition state.&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Endothermic contour pg3518.png|left|thumb|Successful reaction. The reactants had high vibrational energy and low translational. &lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;= -4 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;, &#039;&#039;&#039;p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;= -1 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
]]&lt;br /&gt;
Polanyi&#039;s empirical rules stats that translational energy is better than vibrational energy at promoting the reaction with an early transition state (exothermic reaction) and vise versa. This was confirmed by examining HF + H → H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; + F reaction with the same initial position &#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;AB&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;= 225 pm, &#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;BC&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;= 75 pm but different momentum.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Pg3518</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:pg3518&amp;diff=801113</id>
		<title>MRD:pg3518</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:pg3518&amp;diff=801113"/>
		<updated>2020-05-08T20:45:17Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Pg3518: /* Reaction dynamics */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;= Molecular Reaction Dynamics: Applications to Triatomic systems =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Exercise 1: H +H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; system ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== The transition state ===&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:&#039;&#039;&#039;#36c&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;On a potential energy surface diagram, how is the transition state mathematically defined? How can the transition state be identified, and how can it be distinguished from a local minimum of the potential energy surface?&#039;&#039;[[File:Plot TS distances1 pg3518.png|alt=Plot showing Internuclear distances versus Time at transition state, r=90.775 pm. Plot shows to straight parallel lines. |thumb|Plot showing Internuclear distances vs Time at &#039;&#039;&#039;r&#039;&#039;&#039;= 90.775 pm.]]&lt;br /&gt;
The transition state is defined as the point with maximum energy on the minimum energy pathway of the reaction. Thus, the transition state has to be a saddle point. The saddle point is a stationary point, therefore its gradient has to equal zero. But also moving along the two different directions from the saddle point we get a local minimum in one direction and the local maximum in the direction orthogonal to the first. This means the transition state can be distinguished from the local minimum of the potential energy surface by identifying that it is also a local maximum in one of the directions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Dynamics from the transition state region ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Trajectories from r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;: locating the transition state ====&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;Report your best estimate of the transition state position (&#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;) and explain your reasoning illustrating it with a “Internuclear Distances vs Time” plot for a relevant trajectory.&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The products are identical to the reactants in the reaction of H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;. The Hammond&#039;s postulate suggests the transition state resembles the products and the reactants equally. This means that the potential energy surface is symmetrical along &#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;AB&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;=&#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;BC &amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;and the transition state lies at the local minimum of this axis. Shifting along &#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;AB&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;=&#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;BC&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039; will result in vibrations, which results in sinusoidal curves instead of perfectly straight lines. The position of the transition state was then adjusted by looking at forces acting along AB and BC directions. The transition state is a stationary point. Thus, the forces should be 0 at the point. The position of the transition state for this reaction was found to be &#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;=90.775 ± 3 pm.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Calculating the reaction path ====&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;Comment on how the mep and the trajectory you just calculated differ.&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Once the transition state was identified the minimum energy path can be calculated by slightly displacing the system (&#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;AB&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;=&#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;+1 pm, &#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;BC&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;=&#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;) with zero momentum (&#039;&#039;&#039;p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;AB&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;=&#039;&#039;&#039;p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;BC&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;=0 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;). The calculation type was changed from dynamic to MEP (minimum energy path), which resets the moments to zero after each step. This ensures that the system does not gain kinetic energy and does not oscillate as a consequence.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Plot MEP distances1 pg3518.png|thumb|MEP Internuclear distances vs Time plot|300x300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Plot MEP contour1 pg3518.png|thumb|MEP Contour plot|left]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Plot dynamic distances1 pg3518.png|thumb|Dynamic Ineternuclear distances vs Time plot]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Plot dynamic contour1 pg3518.png|left|thumb|Dynamic Contour plot]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|+ The position and momentum at the 1500&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;th&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; step (10 steps/fs)&lt;br /&gt;
!&lt;br /&gt;
!Dynamic&lt;br /&gt;
!MEP&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;AB&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039; / pm&lt;br /&gt;
|1113&lt;br /&gt;
|232&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;BC&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; &#039;&#039;&#039;/ pm&lt;br /&gt;
|76&lt;br /&gt;
|74&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;&#039;p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;AB&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039; mol·fs / g·pm&lt;br /&gt;
|5.1&lt;br /&gt;
|0&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;&#039;p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;BC&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; &#039;&#039;&#039;mol·fs / g·pm&lt;br /&gt;
|2.7&lt;br /&gt;
|0&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
When  (&#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;AB&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;=&#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;, &#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;BC&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;=&#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts &amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;+1 pm) are used as initial values for calculation of the reaction path, the result is a reflection trough mirror axis &#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;AB&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;=&#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;BC&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039; of the previously calculated reaction path. This is a result of the symmetric potential energy surface. When the final position from the table above was used as the initial position in the calculation and the signs of the momentum were reversed, we can see exactly the same trajectory where the system stops at the transition state.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Reactive and unreactive trajectories ===&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;Complete the table by adding the total energy, whether the trajectory is reactive or unreactive, and provide a plot of the trajectory and a small description for what happens along the trajectory. What can you conclude from the table?&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|+ The calculated trajectories from the initial position &#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;AB&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= 74 pm and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;BC&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= 200 pm&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
!&lt;br /&gt;
!p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;AB&#039;&#039;&#039; &#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;mol·fs / g·pm&lt;br /&gt;
!p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;BC&#039;&#039;&#039; &#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;mol·fs / g·pm&lt;br /&gt;
!E&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;tot&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
!Reactive?&lt;br /&gt;
!Description of the dynamics&lt;br /&gt;
!Illustration of the trajectory&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;&#039;1&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-2.56&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-5.1&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-414.3&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|YES&lt;br /&gt;
|The molecule AB and the atom C approach each other directly with enough momentum to overcome the activation barrier and form the new molecule BC.&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Plot1 dynamics contour pg3518.png|thumb]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;&#039;2&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-3.1&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-4.1&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-420.1&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|NO&lt;br /&gt;
|The C approaches AB directly. The system does not have enough momentum to overcome the activation barrier.  &lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Plot2 dynamics pg3518.png|thumb]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;&#039;3&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-3.1&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-5.1&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-414.0&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|YES&lt;br /&gt;
|The system approaches the transition state fast with small oscillations. After passing the transition state the newly formed molecule BC has a higher vibrational frequency.&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Plot3 dynamics pg3518.png|thumb]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;&#039;4&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-5.1&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-10.1&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-357.3&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|NO&lt;br /&gt;
|The C approaches the molecule AB very fast. Newly formed molecule BC has too big momentum and vibrational energy. The BC reacts with A to reform AB with large vibrational energy.&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Plot4 dynamics pg3518.png|thumb]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;&#039;5&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-5.1&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-10.6&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-349.5&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|YES&lt;br /&gt;
|The C reacts with AB to from BC with the vibrational energy so big that the system passes the diagonal axis and form AB. C collides with AB. However, this time the oscillations do not cause the system to pass the &#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;AB&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;=&#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;BC &amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;axis. Therefore, the BC is formed.&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Plot5 dynamics pg3518.png|thumb]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
The calculations above show that the hypothesis: &amp;quot;All trajectories starting with the same positions but with higher values of momenta (higher kinetic energy) are reactive, as they have enough kinetic energy to overcome the activation barrier.&amp;quot; is incorrect. The condition of having higher kinetic energy than the activation barrier to be reactive is a necessary condition, not a sufficient one.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Transition state theory ====&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;Given the results you have obtained, how will Transition State Theory predictions for reaction rate values compare with experimental values?&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Transition State Theory predicts rates of the reactions assuming the following:&lt;br /&gt;
* the potential energy surface is divided between reactants and products by line orthogonal to MEP at the transition state.&lt;br /&gt;
* all trajectories with kinetic energy along the reaction coordinate greater than the activation energy will be reactive&lt;br /&gt;
This approximation is very useful for the reactions at low temperatures (kinetic conditions) as only some of the molecules have efficient energy to overcome the activation barrier. As shown in the table above in example 4, sufficient kinetic energy to pass the activation barrier is not the only condition. At high temperatures, the molecules with high energy can react to form products, which then can react again to produce reactants. Furthermore, the Transition State Theory does not account for orientation and molecular geometry, which both are important factors determining the reaction rate. Therefore, we would expect the experimental reaction rates to be lower than estimated ones.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Exercise 2: F-H-H system ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== PES inspection ===&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;By inspecting the potential energy surfaces, classify the F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and H + HF reactions according to their energetics (endothermic or exothermic). How does this relate to the bond strength of the chemical species involved?&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The reactants (atom F and molecule H-H) are much higher at the potential energy surface than products (F-H, H). This difference suggests the reaction (H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; + F → HF + H) is exothermic, releasing approximately 125.6 KJ/mol. The backward reaction (HF + H → H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; + F) is endothermic. The FH bond is much stronger than the bond in the H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule.&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Surface Plot FHH pg3518.png|centre|thumb|The potential energy surface plot shows the difference between the energy of products and reactants.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;Locate the approximate position of the transition state&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
According to Hammond&#039;s postulate, the transition state resembles the state, which is closer in energy. This means that the transition state will be more similar to the reactants (F, and H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;). In the reaction, the activation barrier is very small and the transition state is not obvious. In these calculations&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;,&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; the distance AB is referring to the distance between H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and the BC is the distance between H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and F. The transition state was found to lie at &#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;AB&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;= 74.487 pm, &#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;BC&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;= 181.11 pm. &lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Surface Plot FHH TS pg3518.png|centre|thumb|The transition state is shown as a red cross. ]]&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;Report the activation energy for both reactions.&#039;&#039; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This was done by slightly displacing the system from the transition state and calculating MEP.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== &#039;&#039;&#039;The&#039;&#039;&#039; &#039;&#039;&#039;H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; + F → HF + H reaction&#039;&#039;&#039; ====&lt;br /&gt;
This is an exothermic reaction. Therefore, the activation energy was expected to be smaller than the reverse reaction. To calculate the activation energy of this reaction, the system was moved to the direction of the reactants (in the direction of the backward reaction). The activation energy was found to be 0.7 KJ/mol.  &lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Energyplot reaction2 pg3518.png|centre|thumb|The total energy shows only a small dip in energy when moving from TS to H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; + F.]] &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== &#039;&#039;&#039;The&#039;&#039;&#039; &#039;&#039;&#039;HF + H → H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; + F reaction&#039;&#039;&#039; ====&lt;br /&gt;
This is an endothermic reaction. Therefore, the activation energy was expected to be larger than in the previous reaction. The activation energy was found to be 126 KJ/mol. &lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Energyplot reaction1 pg3518.png|centre|thumb|The total energy shows a large dip in energy when moving from TS to FH + H.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Reaction dynamics ===&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;In light of the fact that energy is conserved, discuss the mechanism of release of the reaction energy. Explain how this could be confirmed experimentally.&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The initial conditions resulting in successful trajectory were found to be &#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;AB&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;= 75 pm, &#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;BC&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;= 225 pm, &#039;&#039;&#039;p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;= -1 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;, &#039;&#039;&#039;p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;= -5 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;. This is an exothermic reaction. Therefore, the energy is released, but total energy has to be conserved. The plot below shows the trajectory of this reaction. The H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; vibrates moderately while approaching the F. The FH is formed with high vibrational energy and the H was close. The H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; was reformed for a brief moment to react with F again. This time the HF was formed and did not react with H. The released energy can be observed as vibrations with high energy and large amplitude. The vibration modes can be experimentally observed by Infrared Spectroscopy and the released energy can be measured in a calorimeter.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Contour dynamics FHH 1pg3518.png|left|thumb|The contour plot of successful reaction forming FH ]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Momentum plot pg3518.png|thumb|The Momentum vs. Time plot shows increased vibrations.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The reaction HF + H → H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; + F is endothermic. This means that in order for the reaction to be successful, we need to put a large amount of energy into the system in the form of large momentum. The initial conditions for the reaction shown below are: &#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;AB&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;= 225 pm, &#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;BC&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;= 75 pm, &#039;&#039;&#039;p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;= -4 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;, &#039;&#039;&#039;p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;= -1 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Endothermic contour pg3518.png|centre|thumb|The contour plot of an endothermic reaction. ]]&#039;&#039;Discuss how the distribution of energy between different modes (translation and vibration) affect the efficiency of the reaction, and how this is influenced by the position of the transition state.&#039;&#039;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Pg3518</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:pg3518&amp;diff=801112</id>
		<title>MRD:pg3518</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:pg3518&amp;diff=801112"/>
		<updated>2020-05-08T20:45:00Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Pg3518: /* Reaction dynamics */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;= Molecular Reaction Dynamics: Applications to Triatomic systems =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Exercise 1: H +H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; system ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== The transition state ===&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:&#039;&#039;&#039;#36c&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;On a potential energy surface diagram, how is the transition state mathematically defined? How can the transition state be identified, and how can it be distinguished from a local minimum of the potential energy surface?&#039;&#039;[[File:Plot TS distances1 pg3518.png|alt=Plot showing Internuclear distances versus Time at transition state, r=90.775 pm. Plot shows to straight parallel lines. |thumb|Plot showing Internuclear distances vs Time at &#039;&#039;&#039;r&#039;&#039;&#039;= 90.775 pm.]]&lt;br /&gt;
The transition state is defined as the point with maximum energy on the minimum energy pathway of the reaction. Thus, the transition state has to be a saddle point. The saddle point is a stationary point, therefore its gradient has to equal zero. But also moving along the two different directions from the saddle point we get a local minimum in one direction and the local maximum in the direction orthogonal to the first. This means the transition state can be distinguished from the local minimum of the potential energy surface by identifying that it is also a local maximum in one of the directions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Dynamics from the transition state region ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Trajectories from r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;: locating the transition state ====&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;Report your best estimate of the transition state position (&#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;) and explain your reasoning illustrating it with a “Internuclear Distances vs Time” plot for a relevant trajectory.&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The products are identical to the reactants in the reaction of H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;. The Hammond&#039;s postulate suggests the transition state resembles the products and the reactants equally. This means that the potential energy surface is symmetrical along &#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;AB&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;=&#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;BC &amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;and the transition state lies at the local minimum of this axis. Shifting along &#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;AB&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;=&#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;BC&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039; will result in vibrations, which results in sinusoidal curves instead of perfectly straight lines. The position of the transition state was then adjusted by looking at forces acting along AB and BC directions. The transition state is a stationary point. Thus, the forces should be 0 at the point. The position of the transition state for this reaction was found to be &#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;=90.775 ± 3 pm.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Calculating the reaction path ====&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;Comment on how the mep and the trajectory you just calculated differ.&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Once the transition state was identified the minimum energy path can be calculated by slightly displacing the system (&#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;AB&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;=&#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;+1 pm, &#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;BC&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;=&#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;) with zero momentum (&#039;&#039;&#039;p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;AB&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;=&#039;&#039;&#039;p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;BC&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;=0 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;). The calculation type was changed from dynamic to MEP (minimum energy path), which resets the moments to zero after each step. This ensures that the system does not gain kinetic energy and does not oscillate as a consequence.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Plot MEP distances1 pg3518.png|thumb|MEP Internuclear distances vs Time plot|300x300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Plot MEP contour1 pg3518.png|thumb|MEP Contour plot|left]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Plot dynamic distances1 pg3518.png|thumb|Dynamic Ineternuclear distances vs Time plot]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Plot dynamic contour1 pg3518.png|left|thumb|Dynamic Contour plot]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|+ The position and momentum at the 1500&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;th&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; step (10 steps/fs)&lt;br /&gt;
!&lt;br /&gt;
!Dynamic&lt;br /&gt;
!MEP&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;AB&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039; / pm&lt;br /&gt;
|1113&lt;br /&gt;
|232&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;BC&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; &#039;&#039;&#039;/ pm&lt;br /&gt;
|76&lt;br /&gt;
|74&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;&#039;p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;AB&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039; mol·fs / g·pm&lt;br /&gt;
|5.1&lt;br /&gt;
|0&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;&#039;p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;BC&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; &#039;&#039;&#039;mol·fs / g·pm&lt;br /&gt;
|2.7&lt;br /&gt;
|0&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
When  (&#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;AB&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;=&#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;, &#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;BC&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;=&#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts &amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;+1 pm) are used as initial values for calculation of the reaction path, the result is a reflection trough mirror axis &#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;AB&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;=&#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;BC&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039; of the previously calculated reaction path. This is a result of the symmetric potential energy surface. When the final position from the table above was used as the initial position in the calculation and the signs of the momentum were reversed, we can see exactly the same trajectory where the system stops at the transition state.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Reactive and unreactive trajectories ===&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;Complete the table by adding the total energy, whether the trajectory is reactive or unreactive, and provide a plot of the trajectory and a small description for what happens along the trajectory. What can you conclude from the table?&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|+ The calculated trajectories from the initial position &#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;AB&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= 74 pm and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;BC&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= 200 pm&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
!&lt;br /&gt;
!p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;AB&#039;&#039;&#039; &#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;mol·fs / g·pm&lt;br /&gt;
!p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;BC&#039;&#039;&#039; &#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;mol·fs / g·pm&lt;br /&gt;
!E&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;tot&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
!Reactive?&lt;br /&gt;
!Description of the dynamics&lt;br /&gt;
!Illustration of the trajectory&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;&#039;1&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-2.56&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-5.1&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-414.3&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|YES&lt;br /&gt;
|The molecule AB and the atom C approach each other directly with enough momentum to overcome the activation barrier and form the new molecule BC.&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Plot1 dynamics contour pg3518.png|thumb]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;&#039;2&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-3.1&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-4.1&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-420.1&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|NO&lt;br /&gt;
|The C approaches AB directly. The system does not have enough momentum to overcome the activation barrier.  &lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Plot2 dynamics pg3518.png|thumb]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;&#039;3&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-3.1&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-5.1&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-414.0&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|YES&lt;br /&gt;
|The system approaches the transition state fast with small oscillations. After passing the transition state the newly formed molecule BC has a higher vibrational frequency.&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Plot3 dynamics pg3518.png|thumb]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;&#039;4&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-5.1&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-10.1&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-357.3&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|NO&lt;br /&gt;
|The C approaches the molecule AB very fast. Newly formed molecule BC has too big momentum and vibrational energy. The BC reacts with A to reform AB with large vibrational energy.&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Plot4 dynamics pg3518.png|thumb]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;&#039;5&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-5.1&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-10.6&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-349.5&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|YES&lt;br /&gt;
|The C reacts with AB to from BC with the vibrational energy so big that the system passes the diagonal axis and form AB. C collides with AB. However, this time the oscillations do not cause the system to pass the &#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;AB&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;=&#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;BC &amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;axis. Therefore, the BC is formed.&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Plot5 dynamics pg3518.png|thumb]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
The calculations above show that the hypothesis: &amp;quot;All trajectories starting with the same positions but with higher values of momenta (higher kinetic energy) are reactive, as they have enough kinetic energy to overcome the activation barrier.&amp;quot; is incorrect. The condition of having higher kinetic energy than the activation barrier to be reactive is a necessary condition, not a sufficient one.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Transition state theory ====&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;Given the results you have obtained, how will Transition State Theory predictions for reaction rate values compare with experimental values?&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Transition State Theory predicts rates of the reactions assuming the following:&lt;br /&gt;
* the potential energy surface is divided between reactants and products by line orthogonal to MEP at the transition state.&lt;br /&gt;
* all trajectories with kinetic energy along the reaction coordinate greater than the activation energy will be reactive&lt;br /&gt;
This approximation is very useful for the reactions at low temperatures (kinetic conditions) as only some of the molecules have efficient energy to overcome the activation barrier. As shown in the table above in example 4, sufficient kinetic energy to pass the activation barrier is not the only condition. At high temperatures, the molecules with high energy can react to form products, which then can react again to produce reactants. Furthermore, the Transition State Theory does not account for orientation and molecular geometry, which both are important factors determining the reaction rate. Therefore, we would expect the experimental reaction rates to be lower than estimated ones.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Exercise 2: F-H-H system ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== PES inspection ===&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;By inspecting the potential energy surfaces, classify the F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and H + HF reactions according to their energetics (endothermic or exothermic). How does this relate to the bond strength of the chemical species involved?&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The reactants (atom F and molecule H-H) are much higher at the potential energy surface than products (F-H, H). This difference suggests the reaction (H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; + F → HF + H) is exothermic, releasing approximately 125.6 KJ/mol. The backward reaction (HF + H → H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; + F) is endothermic. The FH bond is much stronger than the bond in the H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule.&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Surface Plot FHH pg3518.png|centre|thumb|The potential energy surface plot shows the difference between the energy of products and reactants.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;Locate the approximate position of the transition state&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
According to Hammond&#039;s postulate, the transition state resembles the state, which is closer in energy. This means that the transition state will be more similar to the reactants (F, and H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;). In the reaction, the activation barrier is very small and the transition state is not obvious. In these calculations&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;,&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; the distance AB is referring to the distance between H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and the BC is the distance between H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and F. The transition state was found to lie at &#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;AB&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;= 74.487 pm, &#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;BC&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;= 181.11 pm. &lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Surface Plot FHH TS pg3518.png|centre|thumb|The transition state is shown as a red cross. ]]&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;Report the activation energy for both reactions.&#039;&#039; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This was done by slightly displacing the system from the transition state and calculating MEP.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== &#039;&#039;&#039;The&#039;&#039;&#039; &#039;&#039;&#039;H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; + F → HF + H reaction&#039;&#039;&#039; ====&lt;br /&gt;
This is an exothermic reaction. Therefore, the activation energy was expected to be smaller than the reverse reaction. To calculate the activation energy of this reaction, the system was moved to the direction of the reactants (in the direction of the backward reaction). The activation energy was found to be 0.7 KJ/mol.  &lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Energyplot reaction2 pg3518.png|centre|thumb|The total energy shows only a small dip in energy when moving from TS to H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; + F.]] &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== &#039;&#039;&#039;The&#039;&#039;&#039; &#039;&#039;&#039;HF + H → H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; + F reaction&#039;&#039;&#039; ====&lt;br /&gt;
This is an endothermic reaction. Therefore, the activation energy was expected to be larger than in the previous reaction. The activation energy was found to be 126 KJ/mol. &lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Energyplot reaction1 pg3518.png|centre|thumb|The total energy shows a large dip in energy when moving from TS to FH + H.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Reaction dynamics ===&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;In light of the fact that energy is conserved, discuss the mechanism of release of the reaction energy. Explain how this could be confirmed experimentally.&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The initial conditions resulting in successful trajectory were found to be &#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;AB&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;= 75 pm, &#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;BC&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;= 225 pm, &#039;&#039;&#039;p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;= -1 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;, &#039;&#039;&#039;p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;= -5 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;. This is an exothermic reaction. Therefore, the energy is released, but total energy has to be conserved. The plot below shows the trajectory of this reaction. The H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; vibrates moderately while approaching the F. The FH is formed with high vibrational energy and the H was close. The H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; was reformed for a brief moment to react with F again. This time the HF was formed and did not react with H. The released energy can be observed as vibrations with high energy and large amplitude. The vibration modes can be experimentally observed by Infrared Spectroscopy and the released energy can be measured in a calorimeter.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Contour dynamics FHH 1pg3518.png|left|thumb|The contour plot of successful reaction forming FH ]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Momentum plot pg3518.png|thumb|The Momentum vs. Time plot shows increased vibrations.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The reaction HF + H → H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; + F is endothermic. This means that in order for the reaction to be successful, we need to put a large amount of energy into the system in the form of large momentum. The initial conditions for the reaction shown below are: &#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;AB&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;= 225 pm, &#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;BC&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;= 75 pm, &#039;&#039;&#039;p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;= -4 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;, &#039;&#039;&#039;p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;= -1 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Endothermic contour pg3518.png|centre|thumb|The contour plot of an endothermic reaction. ]]&#039;&#039;Discuss how the distribution of energy between different modes (translation and vibration) affect the efficiency of the reaction, and how this is influenced by the position of the transition state.&#039;&#039;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Pg3518</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:pg3518&amp;diff=801111</id>
		<title>MRD:pg3518</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:pg3518&amp;diff=801111"/>
		<updated>2020-05-08T20:44:48Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Pg3518: /* Reaction dynamics */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;= Molecular Reaction Dynamics: Applications to Triatomic systems =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Exercise 1: H +H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; system ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== The transition state ===&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:&#039;&#039;&#039;#36c&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;On a potential energy surface diagram, how is the transition state mathematically defined? How can the transition state be identified, and how can it be distinguished from a local minimum of the potential energy surface?&#039;&#039;[[File:Plot TS distances1 pg3518.png|alt=Plot showing Internuclear distances versus Time at transition state, r=90.775 pm. Plot shows to straight parallel lines. |thumb|Plot showing Internuclear distances vs Time at &#039;&#039;&#039;r&#039;&#039;&#039;= 90.775 pm.]]&lt;br /&gt;
The transition state is defined as the point with maximum energy on the minimum energy pathway of the reaction. Thus, the transition state has to be a saddle point. The saddle point is a stationary point, therefore its gradient has to equal zero. But also moving along the two different directions from the saddle point we get a local minimum in one direction and the local maximum in the direction orthogonal to the first. This means the transition state can be distinguished from the local minimum of the potential energy surface by identifying that it is also a local maximum in one of the directions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Dynamics from the transition state region ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Trajectories from r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;: locating the transition state ====&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;Report your best estimate of the transition state position (&#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;) and explain your reasoning illustrating it with a “Internuclear Distances vs Time” plot for a relevant trajectory.&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The products are identical to the reactants in the reaction of H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;. The Hammond&#039;s postulate suggests the transition state resembles the products and the reactants equally. This means that the potential energy surface is symmetrical along &#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;AB&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;=&#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;BC &amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;and the transition state lies at the local minimum of this axis. Shifting along &#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;AB&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;=&#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;BC&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039; will result in vibrations, which results in sinusoidal curves instead of perfectly straight lines. The position of the transition state was then adjusted by looking at forces acting along AB and BC directions. The transition state is a stationary point. Thus, the forces should be 0 at the point. The position of the transition state for this reaction was found to be &#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;=90.775 ± 3 pm.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Calculating the reaction path ====&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;Comment on how the mep and the trajectory you just calculated differ.&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Once the transition state was identified the minimum energy path can be calculated by slightly displacing the system (&#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;AB&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;=&#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;+1 pm, &#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;BC&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;=&#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;) with zero momentum (&#039;&#039;&#039;p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;AB&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;=&#039;&#039;&#039;p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;BC&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;=0 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;). The calculation type was changed from dynamic to MEP (minimum energy path), which resets the moments to zero after each step. This ensures that the system does not gain kinetic energy and does not oscillate as a consequence.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Plot MEP distances1 pg3518.png|thumb|MEP Internuclear distances vs Time plot|300x300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Plot MEP contour1 pg3518.png|thumb|MEP Contour plot|left]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Plot dynamic distances1 pg3518.png|thumb|Dynamic Ineternuclear distances vs Time plot]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Plot dynamic contour1 pg3518.png|left|thumb|Dynamic Contour plot]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|+ The position and momentum at the 1500&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;th&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; step (10 steps/fs)&lt;br /&gt;
!&lt;br /&gt;
!Dynamic&lt;br /&gt;
!MEP&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;AB&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039; / pm&lt;br /&gt;
|1113&lt;br /&gt;
|232&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;BC&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; &#039;&#039;&#039;/ pm&lt;br /&gt;
|76&lt;br /&gt;
|74&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;&#039;p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;AB&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039; mol·fs / g·pm&lt;br /&gt;
|5.1&lt;br /&gt;
|0&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;&#039;p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;BC&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; &#039;&#039;&#039;mol·fs / g·pm&lt;br /&gt;
|2.7&lt;br /&gt;
|0&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
When  (&#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;AB&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;=&#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;, &#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;BC&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;=&#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts &amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;+1 pm) are used as initial values for calculation of the reaction path, the result is a reflection trough mirror axis &#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;AB&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;=&#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;BC&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039; of the previously calculated reaction path. This is a result of the symmetric potential energy surface. When the final position from the table above was used as the initial position in the calculation and the signs of the momentum were reversed, we can see exactly the same trajectory where the system stops at the transition state.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Reactive and unreactive trajectories ===&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;Complete the table by adding the total energy, whether the trajectory is reactive or unreactive, and provide a plot of the trajectory and a small description for what happens along the trajectory. What can you conclude from the table?&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|+ The calculated trajectories from the initial position &#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;AB&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= 74 pm and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;BC&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= 200 pm&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
!&lt;br /&gt;
!p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;AB&#039;&#039;&#039; &#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;mol·fs / g·pm&lt;br /&gt;
!p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;BC&#039;&#039;&#039; &#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;mol·fs / g·pm&lt;br /&gt;
!E&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;tot&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
!Reactive?&lt;br /&gt;
!Description of the dynamics&lt;br /&gt;
!Illustration of the trajectory&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;&#039;1&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-2.56&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-5.1&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-414.3&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|YES&lt;br /&gt;
|The molecule AB and the atom C approach each other directly with enough momentum to overcome the activation barrier and form the new molecule BC.&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Plot1 dynamics contour pg3518.png|thumb]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;&#039;2&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-3.1&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-4.1&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-420.1&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|NO&lt;br /&gt;
|The C approaches AB directly. The system does not have enough momentum to overcome the activation barrier.  &lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Plot2 dynamics pg3518.png|thumb]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;&#039;3&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-3.1&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-5.1&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-414.0&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|YES&lt;br /&gt;
|The system approaches the transition state fast with small oscillations. After passing the transition state the newly formed molecule BC has a higher vibrational frequency.&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Plot3 dynamics pg3518.png|thumb]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;&#039;4&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-5.1&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-10.1&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-357.3&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|NO&lt;br /&gt;
|The C approaches the molecule AB very fast. Newly formed molecule BC has too big momentum and vibrational energy. The BC reacts with A to reform AB with large vibrational energy.&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Plot4 dynamics pg3518.png|thumb]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;&#039;5&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-5.1&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-10.6&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-349.5&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|YES&lt;br /&gt;
|The C reacts with AB to from BC with the vibrational energy so big that the system passes the diagonal axis and form AB. C collides with AB. However, this time the oscillations do not cause the system to pass the &#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;AB&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;=&#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;BC &amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;axis. Therefore, the BC is formed.&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Plot5 dynamics pg3518.png|thumb]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
The calculations above show that the hypothesis: &amp;quot;All trajectories starting with the same positions but with higher values of momenta (higher kinetic energy) are reactive, as they have enough kinetic energy to overcome the activation barrier.&amp;quot; is incorrect. The condition of having higher kinetic energy than the activation barrier to be reactive is a necessary condition, not a sufficient one.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Transition state theory ====&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;Given the results you have obtained, how will Transition State Theory predictions for reaction rate values compare with experimental values?&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Transition State Theory predicts rates of the reactions assuming the following:&lt;br /&gt;
* the potential energy surface is divided between reactants and products by line orthogonal to MEP at the transition state.&lt;br /&gt;
* all trajectories with kinetic energy along the reaction coordinate greater than the activation energy will be reactive&lt;br /&gt;
This approximation is very useful for the reactions at low temperatures (kinetic conditions) as only some of the molecules have efficient energy to overcome the activation barrier. As shown in the table above in example 4, sufficient kinetic energy to pass the activation barrier is not the only condition. At high temperatures, the molecules with high energy can react to form products, which then can react again to produce reactants. Furthermore, the Transition State Theory does not account for orientation and molecular geometry, which both are important factors determining the reaction rate. Therefore, we would expect the experimental reaction rates to be lower than estimated ones.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Exercise 2: F-H-H system ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== PES inspection ===&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;By inspecting the potential energy surfaces, classify the F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and H + HF reactions according to their energetics (endothermic or exothermic). How does this relate to the bond strength of the chemical species involved?&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The reactants (atom F and molecule H-H) are much higher at the potential energy surface than products (F-H, H). This difference suggests the reaction (H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; + F → HF + H) is exothermic, releasing approximately 125.6 KJ/mol. The backward reaction (HF + H → H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; + F) is endothermic. The FH bond is much stronger than the bond in the H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule.&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Surface Plot FHH pg3518.png|centre|thumb|The potential energy surface plot shows the difference between the energy of products and reactants.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;Locate the approximate position of the transition state&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
According to Hammond&#039;s postulate, the transition state resembles the state, which is closer in energy. This means that the transition state will be more similar to the reactants (F, and H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;). In the reaction, the activation barrier is very small and the transition state is not obvious. In these calculations&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;,&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; the distance AB is referring to the distance between H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and the BC is the distance between H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and F. The transition state was found to lie at &#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;AB&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;= 74.487 pm, &#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;BC&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;= 181.11 pm. &lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Surface Plot FHH TS pg3518.png|centre|thumb|The transition state is shown as a red cross. ]]&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;Report the activation energy for both reactions.&#039;&#039; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This was done by slightly displacing the system from the transition state and calculating MEP.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== &#039;&#039;&#039;The&#039;&#039;&#039; &#039;&#039;&#039;H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; + F → HF + H reaction&#039;&#039;&#039; ====&lt;br /&gt;
This is an exothermic reaction. Therefore, the activation energy was expected to be smaller than the reverse reaction. To calculate the activation energy of this reaction, the system was moved to the direction of the reactants (in the direction of the backward reaction). The activation energy was found to be 0.7 KJ/mol.  &lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Energyplot reaction2 pg3518.png|centre|thumb|The total energy shows only a small dip in energy when moving from TS to H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; + F.]] &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== &#039;&#039;&#039;The&#039;&#039;&#039; &#039;&#039;&#039;HF + H → H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; + F reaction&#039;&#039;&#039; ====&lt;br /&gt;
This is an endothermic reaction. Therefore, the activation energy was expected to be larger than in the previous reaction. The activation energy was found to be 126 KJ/mol. &lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Energyplot reaction1 pg3518.png|centre|thumb|The total energy shows a large dip in energy when moving from TS to FH + H.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Reaction dynamics ===&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;In light of the fact that energy is conserved, discuss the mechanism of release of the reaction energy. Explain how this could be confirmed experimentally.&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The initial conditions resulting in successful trajectory were found to be &#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;AB&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;= 75 pm, &#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;BC&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;= 225 pm, &#039;&#039;&#039;p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;= -1 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;, &#039;&#039;&#039;p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;= -5 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;. This is an exothermic reaction. Therefore, the energy is released, but total energy has to be conserved. The plot below shows the trajectory of this reaction. The H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; vibrates moderately while approaching the F. The FH is formed with high vibrational energy and the H was close. The H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; was reformed for a brief moment to react with F again. This time the HF was formed and did not react with H. The released energy can be observed as vibrations with high energy and large amplitude. The vibration modes can be experimentally observed by Infrared Spectroscopy and the released energy can be measured in a calorimeter.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Contour dynamics FHH 1pg3518.png|left|thumb|The contour plot of successful reaction forming FH ]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Momentum plot pg3518.png|thumb|The Momentum vs. Time plot shows increased vibrations.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The reaction HF + H → H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; + F is endothermic. This means that in order for the reaction to be successful, we need to put a large amount of energy into the system in the form of large momentum. The initial conditions for the reaction shown below are: &#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;AB&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;= 225 pm, &#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;BC&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;= 75 pm, &#039;&#039;&#039;p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;= -4 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;, &#039;&#039;&#039;p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;= -1 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Endothermic contour pg3518.png|centre|thumb|The contour plot of an endothermic reaction. ]]&#039;&#039;Discuss how the distribution of energy between different modes (translation and vibration) affect the efficiency of the reaction, and how this is influenced by the position of the transition state.&#039;&#039;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Pg3518</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:pg3518&amp;diff=801110</id>
		<title>MRD:pg3518</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:pg3518&amp;diff=801110"/>
		<updated>2020-05-08T20:44:32Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Pg3518: /* Reaction dynamics */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;= Molecular Reaction Dynamics: Applications to Triatomic systems =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Exercise 1: H +H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; system ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== The transition state ===&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:&#039;&#039;&#039;#36c&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;On a potential energy surface diagram, how is the transition state mathematically defined? How can the transition state be identified, and how can it be distinguished from a local minimum of the potential energy surface?&#039;&#039;[[File:Plot TS distances1 pg3518.png|alt=Plot showing Internuclear distances versus Time at transition state, r=90.775 pm. Plot shows to straight parallel lines. |thumb|Plot showing Internuclear distances vs Time at &#039;&#039;&#039;r&#039;&#039;&#039;= 90.775 pm.]]&lt;br /&gt;
The transition state is defined as the point with maximum energy on the minimum energy pathway of the reaction. Thus, the transition state has to be a saddle point. The saddle point is a stationary point, therefore its gradient has to equal zero. But also moving along the two different directions from the saddle point we get a local minimum in one direction and the local maximum in the direction orthogonal to the first. This means the transition state can be distinguished from the local minimum of the potential energy surface by identifying that it is also a local maximum in one of the directions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Dynamics from the transition state region ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Trajectories from r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;: locating the transition state ====&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;Report your best estimate of the transition state position (&#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;) and explain your reasoning illustrating it with a “Internuclear Distances vs Time” plot for a relevant trajectory.&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The products are identical to the reactants in the reaction of H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;. The Hammond&#039;s postulate suggests the transition state resembles the products and the reactants equally. This means that the potential energy surface is symmetrical along &#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;AB&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;=&#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;BC &amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;and the transition state lies at the local minimum of this axis. Shifting along &#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;AB&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;=&#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;BC&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039; will result in vibrations, which results in sinusoidal curves instead of perfectly straight lines. The position of the transition state was then adjusted by looking at forces acting along AB and BC directions. The transition state is a stationary point. Thus, the forces should be 0 at the point. The position of the transition state for this reaction was found to be &#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;=90.775 ± 3 pm.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Calculating the reaction path ====&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;Comment on how the mep and the trajectory you just calculated differ.&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Once the transition state was identified the minimum energy path can be calculated by slightly displacing the system (&#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;AB&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;=&#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;+1 pm, &#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;BC&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;=&#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;) with zero momentum (&#039;&#039;&#039;p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;AB&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;=&#039;&#039;&#039;p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;BC&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;=0 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;). The calculation type was changed from dynamic to MEP (minimum energy path), which resets the moments to zero after each step. This ensures that the system does not gain kinetic energy and does not oscillate as a consequence.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Plot MEP distances1 pg3518.png|thumb|MEP Internuclear distances vs Time plot|300x300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Plot MEP contour1 pg3518.png|thumb|MEP Contour plot|left]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Plot dynamic distances1 pg3518.png|thumb|Dynamic Ineternuclear distances vs Time plot]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Plot dynamic contour1 pg3518.png|left|thumb|Dynamic Contour plot]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|+ The position and momentum at the 1500&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;th&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; step (10 steps/fs)&lt;br /&gt;
!&lt;br /&gt;
!Dynamic&lt;br /&gt;
!MEP&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;AB&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039; / pm&lt;br /&gt;
|1113&lt;br /&gt;
|232&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;BC&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; &#039;&#039;&#039;/ pm&lt;br /&gt;
|76&lt;br /&gt;
|74&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;&#039;p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;AB&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039; mol·fs / g·pm&lt;br /&gt;
|5.1&lt;br /&gt;
|0&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;&#039;p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;BC&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; &#039;&#039;&#039;mol·fs / g·pm&lt;br /&gt;
|2.7&lt;br /&gt;
|0&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
When  (&#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;AB&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;=&#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;, &#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;BC&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;=&#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts &amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;+1 pm) are used as initial values for calculation of the reaction path, the result is a reflection trough mirror axis &#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;AB&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;=&#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;BC&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039; of the previously calculated reaction path. This is a result of the symmetric potential energy surface. When the final position from the table above was used as the initial position in the calculation and the signs of the momentum were reversed, we can see exactly the same trajectory where the system stops at the transition state.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Reactive and unreactive trajectories ===&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;Complete the table by adding the total energy, whether the trajectory is reactive or unreactive, and provide a plot of the trajectory and a small description for what happens along the trajectory. What can you conclude from the table?&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|+ The calculated trajectories from the initial position &#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;AB&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= 74 pm and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;BC&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= 200 pm&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
!&lt;br /&gt;
!p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;AB&#039;&#039;&#039; &#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;mol·fs / g·pm&lt;br /&gt;
!p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;BC&#039;&#039;&#039; &#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;mol·fs / g·pm&lt;br /&gt;
!E&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;tot&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
!Reactive?&lt;br /&gt;
!Description of the dynamics&lt;br /&gt;
!Illustration of the trajectory&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;&#039;1&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-2.56&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-5.1&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-414.3&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|YES&lt;br /&gt;
|The molecule AB and the atom C approach each other directly with enough momentum to overcome the activation barrier and form the new molecule BC.&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Plot1 dynamics contour pg3518.png|thumb]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;&#039;2&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-3.1&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-4.1&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-420.1&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|NO&lt;br /&gt;
|The C approaches AB directly. The system does not have enough momentum to overcome the activation barrier.  &lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Plot2 dynamics pg3518.png|thumb]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;&#039;3&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-3.1&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-5.1&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-414.0&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|YES&lt;br /&gt;
|The system approaches the transition state fast with small oscillations. After passing the transition state the newly formed molecule BC has a higher vibrational frequency.&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Plot3 dynamics pg3518.png|thumb]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;&#039;4&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-5.1&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-10.1&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-357.3&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|NO&lt;br /&gt;
|The C approaches the molecule AB very fast. Newly formed molecule BC has too big momentum and vibrational energy. The BC reacts with A to reform AB with large vibrational energy.&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Plot4 dynamics pg3518.png|thumb]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;&#039;5&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-5.1&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-10.6&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-349.5&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|YES&lt;br /&gt;
|The C reacts with AB to from BC with the vibrational energy so big that the system passes the diagonal axis and form AB. C collides with AB. However, this time the oscillations do not cause the system to pass the &#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;AB&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;=&#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;BC &amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;axis. Therefore, the BC is formed.&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Plot5 dynamics pg3518.png|thumb]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
The calculations above show that the hypothesis: &amp;quot;All trajectories starting with the same positions but with higher values of momenta (higher kinetic energy) are reactive, as they have enough kinetic energy to overcome the activation barrier.&amp;quot; is incorrect. The condition of having higher kinetic energy than the activation barrier to be reactive is a necessary condition, not a sufficient one.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Transition state theory ====&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;Given the results you have obtained, how will Transition State Theory predictions for reaction rate values compare with experimental values?&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Transition State Theory predicts rates of the reactions assuming the following:&lt;br /&gt;
* the potential energy surface is divided between reactants and products by line orthogonal to MEP at the transition state.&lt;br /&gt;
* all trajectories with kinetic energy along the reaction coordinate greater than the activation energy will be reactive&lt;br /&gt;
This approximation is very useful for the reactions at low temperatures (kinetic conditions) as only some of the molecules have efficient energy to overcome the activation barrier. As shown in the table above in example 4, sufficient kinetic energy to pass the activation barrier is not the only condition. At high temperatures, the molecules with high energy can react to form products, which then can react again to produce reactants. Furthermore, the Transition State Theory does not account for orientation and molecular geometry, which both are important factors determining the reaction rate. Therefore, we would expect the experimental reaction rates to be lower than estimated ones.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Exercise 2: F-H-H system ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== PES inspection ===&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;By inspecting the potential energy surfaces, classify the F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and H + HF reactions according to their energetics (endothermic or exothermic). How does this relate to the bond strength of the chemical species involved?&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The reactants (atom F and molecule H-H) are much higher at the potential energy surface than products (F-H, H). This difference suggests the reaction (H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; + F → HF + H) is exothermic, releasing approximately 125.6 KJ/mol. The backward reaction (HF + H → H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; + F) is endothermic. The FH bond is much stronger than the bond in the H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule.&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Surface Plot FHH pg3518.png|centre|thumb|The potential energy surface plot shows the difference between the energy of products and reactants.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;Locate the approximate position of the transition state&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
According to Hammond&#039;s postulate, the transition state resembles the state, which is closer in energy. This means that the transition state will be more similar to the reactants (F, and H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;). In the reaction, the activation barrier is very small and the transition state is not obvious. In these calculations&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;,&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; the distance AB is referring to the distance between H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and the BC is the distance between H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and F. The transition state was found to lie at &#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;AB&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;= 74.487 pm, &#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;BC&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;= 181.11 pm. &lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Surface Plot FHH TS pg3518.png|centre|thumb|The transition state is shown as a red cross. ]]&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;Report the activation energy for both reactions.&#039;&#039; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This was done by slightly displacing the system from the transition state and calculating MEP.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== &#039;&#039;&#039;The&#039;&#039;&#039; &#039;&#039;&#039;H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; + F → HF + H reaction&#039;&#039;&#039; ====&lt;br /&gt;
This is an exothermic reaction. Therefore, the activation energy was expected to be smaller than the reverse reaction. To calculate the activation energy of this reaction, the system was moved to the direction of the reactants (in the direction of the backward reaction). The activation energy was found to be 0.7 KJ/mol.  &lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Energyplot reaction2 pg3518.png|centre|thumb|The total energy shows only a small dip in energy when moving from TS to H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; + F.]] &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== &#039;&#039;&#039;The&#039;&#039;&#039; &#039;&#039;&#039;HF + H → H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; + F reaction&#039;&#039;&#039; ====&lt;br /&gt;
This is an endothermic reaction. Therefore, the activation energy was expected to be larger than in the previous reaction. The activation energy was found to be 126 KJ/mol. &lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Energyplot reaction1 pg3518.png|centre|thumb|The total energy shows a large dip in energy when moving from TS to FH + H.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Reaction dynamics ===&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;In light of the fact that energy is conserved, discuss the mechanism of release of the reaction energy. Explain how this could be confirmed experimentally.&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The initial conditions resulting in successful trajectory were found to be &#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;AB&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;= 75 pm, &#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;BC&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;= 225 pm, &#039;&#039;&#039;p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;= -1 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;, &#039;&#039;&#039;p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;= -5 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;. This is an exothermic reaction. Therefore, the energy is released, but total energy has to be conserved. The plot below shows the trajectory of this reaction. The H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; vibrates moderately while approaching the F. The FH is formed with high vibrational energy and the H was close. The H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; was reformed for a brief moment to react with F again. This time the HF was formed and did not react with H. The released energy can be observed as vibrations with high energy and large amplitude. The vibration modes can be experimentally observed by Infrared Spectroscopy and the released energy can be measured in a calorimeter.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Contour dynamics FHH 1pg3518.png|left|thumb|The contour plot of successful reaction forming FH ]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Momentum plot pg3518.png|thumb|The Momentum vs. Time plot shows increased vibrations.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The reaction HF + H → H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; + F is endothermic. This means that in order for the reaction to be successful, we need to put a large amount of energy into the system in the form of large momentum. The initial conditions for the reaction shown below are: &#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;AB&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;= 225 pm, &#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;BC&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;= 75 pm, &#039;&#039;&#039;p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;= -4 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;, &#039;&#039;&#039;p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;= -1 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Endothermic contour pg3518.png|centre|thumb|The contour plot of an endothermic reaction. ]]&#039;&#039;Discuss how the distribution of energy between different modes (translation and vibration) affect the efficiency of the reaction, and how this is influenced by the position of the transition state.&#039;&#039;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Pg3518</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:pg3518&amp;diff=801107</id>
		<title>MRD:pg3518</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:pg3518&amp;diff=801107"/>
		<updated>2020-05-08T20:43:38Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Pg3518: /* Reaction dynamics */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;= Molecular Reaction Dynamics: Applications to Triatomic systems =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Exercise 1: H +H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; system ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== The transition state ===&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:&#039;&#039;&#039;#36c&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;On a potential energy surface diagram, how is the transition state mathematically defined? How can the transition state be identified, and how can it be distinguished from a local minimum of the potential energy surface?&#039;&#039;[[File:Plot TS distances1 pg3518.png|alt=Plot showing Internuclear distances versus Time at transition state, r=90.775 pm. Plot shows to straight parallel lines. |thumb|Plot showing Internuclear distances vs Time at &#039;&#039;&#039;r&#039;&#039;&#039;= 90.775 pm.]]&lt;br /&gt;
The transition state is defined as the point with maximum energy on the minimum energy pathway of the reaction. Thus, the transition state has to be a saddle point. The saddle point is a stationary point, therefore its gradient has to equal zero. But also moving along the two different directions from the saddle point we get a local minimum in one direction and the local maximum in the direction orthogonal to the first. This means the transition state can be distinguished from the local minimum of the potential energy surface by identifying that it is also a local maximum in one of the directions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Dynamics from the transition state region ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Trajectories from r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;: locating the transition state ====&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;Report your best estimate of the transition state position (&#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;) and explain your reasoning illustrating it with a “Internuclear Distances vs Time” plot for a relevant trajectory.&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The products are identical to the reactants in the reaction of H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;. The Hammond&#039;s postulate suggests the transition state resembles the products and the reactants equally. This means that the potential energy surface is symmetrical along &#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;AB&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;=&#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;BC &amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;and the transition state lies at the local minimum of this axis. Shifting along &#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;AB&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;=&#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;BC&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039; will result in vibrations, which results in sinusoidal curves instead of perfectly straight lines. The position of the transition state was then adjusted by looking at forces acting along AB and BC directions. The transition state is a stationary point. Thus, the forces should be 0 at the point. The position of the transition state for this reaction was found to be &#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;=90.775 ± 3 pm.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Calculating the reaction path ====&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;Comment on how the mep and the trajectory you just calculated differ.&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Once the transition state was identified the minimum energy path can be calculated by slightly displacing the system (&#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;AB&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;=&#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;+1 pm, &#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;BC&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;=&#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;) with zero momentum (&#039;&#039;&#039;p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;AB&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;=&#039;&#039;&#039;p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;BC&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;=0 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;). The calculation type was changed from dynamic to MEP (minimum energy path), which resets the moments to zero after each step. This ensures that the system does not gain kinetic energy and does not oscillate as a consequence.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Plot MEP distances1 pg3518.png|thumb|MEP Internuclear distances vs Time plot|300x300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Plot MEP contour1 pg3518.png|thumb|MEP Contour plot|left]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Plot dynamic distances1 pg3518.png|thumb|Dynamic Ineternuclear distances vs Time plot]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Plot dynamic contour1 pg3518.png|left|thumb|Dynamic Contour plot]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|+ The position and momentum at the 1500&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;th&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; step (10 steps/fs)&lt;br /&gt;
!&lt;br /&gt;
!Dynamic&lt;br /&gt;
!MEP&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;AB&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039; / pm&lt;br /&gt;
|1113&lt;br /&gt;
|232&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;BC&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; &#039;&#039;&#039;/ pm&lt;br /&gt;
|76&lt;br /&gt;
|74&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;&#039;p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;AB&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039; mol·fs / g·pm&lt;br /&gt;
|5.1&lt;br /&gt;
|0&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;&#039;p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;BC&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; &#039;&#039;&#039;mol·fs / g·pm&lt;br /&gt;
|2.7&lt;br /&gt;
|0&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
When  (&#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;AB&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;=&#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;, &#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;BC&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;=&#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts &amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;+1 pm) are used as initial values for calculation of the reaction path, the result is a reflection trough mirror axis &#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;AB&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;=&#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;BC&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039; of the previously calculated reaction path. This is a result of the symmetric potential energy surface. When the final position from the table above was used as the initial position in the calculation and the signs of the momentum were reversed, we can see exactly the same trajectory where the system stops at the transition state.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Reactive and unreactive trajectories ===&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;Complete the table by adding the total energy, whether the trajectory is reactive or unreactive, and provide a plot of the trajectory and a small description for what happens along the trajectory. What can you conclude from the table?&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|+ The calculated trajectories from the initial position &#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;AB&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= 74 pm and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;BC&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= 200 pm&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
!&lt;br /&gt;
!p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;AB&#039;&#039;&#039; &#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;mol·fs / g·pm&lt;br /&gt;
!p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;BC&#039;&#039;&#039; &#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;mol·fs / g·pm&lt;br /&gt;
!E&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;tot&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
!Reactive?&lt;br /&gt;
!Description of the dynamics&lt;br /&gt;
!Illustration of the trajectory&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;&#039;1&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-2.56&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-5.1&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-414.3&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|YES&lt;br /&gt;
|The molecule AB and the atom C approach each other directly with enough momentum to overcome the activation barrier and form the new molecule BC.&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Plot1 dynamics contour pg3518.png|thumb]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;&#039;2&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-3.1&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-4.1&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-420.1&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|NO&lt;br /&gt;
|The C approaches AB directly. The system does not have enough momentum to overcome the activation barrier.  &lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Plot2 dynamics pg3518.png|thumb]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;&#039;3&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-3.1&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-5.1&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-414.0&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|YES&lt;br /&gt;
|The system approaches the transition state fast with small oscillations. After passing the transition state the newly formed molecule BC has a higher vibrational frequency.&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Plot3 dynamics pg3518.png|thumb]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;&#039;4&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-5.1&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-10.1&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-357.3&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|NO&lt;br /&gt;
|The C approaches the molecule AB very fast. Newly formed molecule BC has too big momentum and vibrational energy. The BC reacts with A to reform AB with large vibrational energy.&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Plot4 dynamics pg3518.png|thumb]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;&#039;5&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-5.1&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-10.6&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-349.5&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|YES&lt;br /&gt;
|The C reacts with AB to from BC with the vibrational energy so big that the system passes the diagonal axis and form AB. C collides with AB. However, this time the oscillations do not cause the system to pass the &#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;AB&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;=&#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;BC &amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;axis. Therefore, the BC is formed.&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Plot5 dynamics pg3518.png|thumb]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
The calculations above show that the hypothesis: &amp;quot;All trajectories starting with the same positions but with higher values of momenta (higher kinetic energy) are reactive, as they have enough kinetic energy to overcome the activation barrier.&amp;quot; is incorrect. The condition of having higher kinetic energy than the activation barrier to be reactive is a necessary condition, not a sufficient one.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Transition state theory ====&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;Given the results you have obtained, how will Transition State Theory predictions for reaction rate values compare with experimental values?&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Transition State Theory predicts rates of the reactions assuming the following:&lt;br /&gt;
* the potential energy surface is divided between reactants and products by line orthogonal to MEP at the transition state.&lt;br /&gt;
* all trajectories with kinetic energy along the reaction coordinate greater than the activation energy will be reactive&lt;br /&gt;
This approximation is very useful for the reactions at low temperatures (kinetic conditions) as only some of the molecules have efficient energy to overcome the activation barrier. As shown in the table above in example 4, sufficient kinetic energy to pass the activation barrier is not the only condition. At high temperatures, the molecules with high energy can react to form products, which then can react again to produce reactants. Furthermore, the Transition State Theory does not account for orientation and molecular geometry, which both are important factors determining the reaction rate. Therefore, we would expect the experimental reaction rates to be lower than estimated ones.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Exercise 2: F-H-H system ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== PES inspection ===&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;By inspecting the potential energy surfaces, classify the F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and H + HF reactions according to their energetics (endothermic or exothermic). How does this relate to the bond strength of the chemical species involved?&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The reactants (atom F and molecule H-H) are much higher at the potential energy surface than products (F-H, H). This difference suggests the reaction (H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; + F → HF + H) is exothermic, releasing approximately 125.6 KJ/mol. The backward reaction (HF + H → H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; + F) is endothermic. The FH bond is much stronger than the bond in the H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule.&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Surface Plot FHH pg3518.png|centre|thumb|The potential energy surface plot shows the difference between the energy of products and reactants.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;Locate the approximate position of the transition state&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
According to Hammond&#039;s postulate, the transition state resembles the state, which is closer in energy. This means that the transition state will be more similar to the reactants (F, and H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;). In the reaction, the activation barrier is very small and the transition state is not obvious. In these calculations&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;,&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; the distance AB is referring to the distance between H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and the BC is the distance between H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and F. The transition state was found to lie at &#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;AB&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;= 74.487 pm, &#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;BC&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;= 181.11 pm. &lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Surface Plot FHH TS pg3518.png|centre|thumb|The transition state is shown as a red cross. ]]&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;Report the activation energy for both reactions.&#039;&#039; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This was done by slightly displacing the system from the transition state and calculating MEP.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== &#039;&#039;&#039;The&#039;&#039;&#039; &#039;&#039;&#039;H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; + F → HF + H reaction&#039;&#039;&#039; ====&lt;br /&gt;
This is an exothermic reaction. Therefore, the activation energy was expected to be smaller than the reverse reaction. To calculate the activation energy of this reaction, the system was moved to the direction of the reactants (in the direction of the backward reaction). The activation energy was found to be 0.7 KJ/mol.  &lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Energyplot reaction2 pg3518.png|centre|thumb|The total energy shows only a small dip in energy when moving from TS to H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; + F.]] &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== &#039;&#039;&#039;The&#039;&#039;&#039; &#039;&#039;&#039;HF + H → H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; + F reaction&#039;&#039;&#039; ====&lt;br /&gt;
This is an endothermic reaction. Therefore, the activation energy was expected to be larger than in the previous reaction. The activation energy was found to be 126 KJ/mol. &lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Energyplot reaction1 pg3518.png|centre|thumb|The total energy shows a large dip in energy when moving from TS to FH + H.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Reaction dynamics ===&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;In light of the fact that energy is conserved, discuss the mechanism of release of the reaction energy. Explain how this could be confirmed experimentally.&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The initial conditions resulting in successful trajectory were found to be &#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;AB&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;= 75 pm, &#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;BC&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;= 225 pm, &#039;&#039;&#039;p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;= -1 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;, &#039;&#039;&#039;p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;= -5 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;. This is an exothermic reaction. Therefore, the energy is released, but total energy has to be conserved. The plot below shows the trajectory of this reaction. The H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; vibrates moderately while approaching the F. The FH is formed with high vibrational energy and the H was close. The H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; was reformed for a brief moment to react with F again. This time the HF was formed and did not react with H. The released energy can be observed as vibrations with high energy and large amplitude. The vibration modes can be experimentally observed by Infrared Spectroscopy and the released energy can be measured in a calorimeter.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Contour dynamics FHH 1pg3518.png|left|thumb|The contour plot of successful reaction forming FH ]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Momentum plot pg3518.png|thumb|The Momentum vs. Time plot shows increased vibrations.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The reaction HF + H → H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; + F is endothermic. This means that in order for the reaction to be successful, we need to put a large amount of energy into the system in the form of large momentum. The initial conditions for the reaction shown below are: &#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;AB&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;= 225 pm, &#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;BC&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;= 75 pm, &#039;&#039;&#039;p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;= -4 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;, &#039;&#039;&#039;p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;= -1 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Endothermic contour pg3518.png|centre|thumb|The contour plot of an endothermic reaction. ]]&#039;&#039;Discuss how the distribution of energy between different modes (translation and vibration) affect the efficiency of the reaction, and how this is influenced by the position of the transition state.&#039;&#039;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Pg3518</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:pg3518&amp;diff=801093</id>
		<title>MRD:pg3518</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:pg3518&amp;diff=801093"/>
		<updated>2020-05-08T20:33:50Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Pg3518: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;= Molecular Reaction Dynamics: Applications to Triatomic systems =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Exercise 1: H +H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; system ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== The transition state ===&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:&#039;&#039;&#039;#36c&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;On a potential energy surface diagram, how is the transition state mathematically defined? How can the transition state be identified, and how can it be distinguished from a local minimum of the potential energy surface?&#039;&#039;[[File:Plot TS distances1 pg3518.png|alt=Plot showing Internuclear distances versus Time at transition state, r=90.775 pm. Plot shows to straight parallel lines. |thumb|Plot showing Internuclear distances vs Time at &#039;&#039;&#039;r&#039;&#039;&#039;= 90.775 pm.]]&lt;br /&gt;
The transition state is defined as the point with maximum energy on the minimum energy pathway of the reaction. Thus, the transition state has to be a saddle point. The saddle point is a stationary point, therefore its gradient has to equal zero. But also moving along the two different directions from the saddle point we get a local minimum in one direction and the local maximum in the direction orthogonal to the first. This means the transition state can be distinguished from the local minimum of the potential energy surface by identifying that it is also a local maximum in one of the directions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Dynamics from the transition state region ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Trajectories from r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;: locating the transition state ====&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;Report your best estimate of the transition state position (&#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;) and explain your reasoning illustrating it with a “Internuclear Distances vs Time” plot for a relevant trajectory.&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The products are identical to the reactants in the reaction of H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;. The Hammond&#039;s postulate suggests the transition state resembles the products and the reactants equally. This means that the potential energy surface is symmetrical along &#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;AB&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;=&#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;BC &amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;and the transition state lies at the local minimum of this axis. Shifting along &#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;AB&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;=&#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;BC&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039; will result in vibrations, which results in sinusoidal curves instead of perfectly straight lines. The position of the transition state was then adjusted by looking at forces acting along AB and BC directions. The transition state is a stationary point. Thus, the forces should be 0 at the point. The position of the transition state for this reaction was found to be &#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;=90.775 ± 3 pm.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Calculating the reaction path ====&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;Comment on how the mep and the trajectory you just calculated differ.&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Once the transition state was identified the minimum energy path can be calculated by slightly displacing the system (&#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;AB&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;=&#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;+1 pm, &#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;BC&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;=&#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;) with zero momentum (&#039;&#039;&#039;p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;AB&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;=&#039;&#039;&#039;p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;BC&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;=0 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;). The calculation type was changed from dynamic to MEP (minimum energy path), which resets the moments to zero after each step. This ensures that the system does not gain kinetic energy and does not oscillate as a consequence.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Plot MEP distances1 pg3518.png|thumb|MEP Internuclear distances vs Time plot|300x300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Plot MEP contour1 pg3518.png|thumb|MEP Contour plot|left]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Plot dynamic distances1 pg3518.png|thumb|Dynamic Ineternuclear distances vs Time plot]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Plot dynamic contour1 pg3518.png|left|thumb|Dynamic Contour plot]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|+ The position and momentum at the 1500&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;th&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; step (10 steps/fs)&lt;br /&gt;
!&lt;br /&gt;
!Dynamic&lt;br /&gt;
!MEP&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;AB&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039; / pm&lt;br /&gt;
|1113&lt;br /&gt;
|232&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;BC&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; &#039;&#039;&#039;/ pm&lt;br /&gt;
|76&lt;br /&gt;
|74&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;&#039;p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;AB&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039; mol·fs / g·pm&lt;br /&gt;
|5.1&lt;br /&gt;
|0&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;&#039;p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;BC&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; &#039;&#039;&#039;mol·fs / g·pm&lt;br /&gt;
|2.7&lt;br /&gt;
|0&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
When  (&#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;AB&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;=&#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;, &#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;BC&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;=&#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts &amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;+1 pm) are used as initial values for calculation of the reaction path, the result is a reflection trough mirror axis &#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;AB&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;=&#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;BC&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039; of the previously calculated reaction path. This is a result of the symmetric potential energy surface. When the final position from the table above was used as the initial position in the calculation and the signs of the momentum were reversed, we can see exactly the same trajectory where the system stops at the transition state.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Reactive and unreactive trajectories ===&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;Complete the table by adding the total energy, whether the trajectory is reactive or unreactive, and provide a plot of the trajectory and a small description for what happens along the trajectory. What can you conclude from the table?&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|+ The calculated trajectories from the initial position &#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;AB&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= 74 pm and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;BC&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= 200 pm&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
!&lt;br /&gt;
!p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;AB&#039;&#039;&#039; &#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;mol·fs / g·pm&lt;br /&gt;
!p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;BC&#039;&#039;&#039; &#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;mol·fs / g·pm&lt;br /&gt;
!E&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;tot&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
!Reactive?&lt;br /&gt;
!Description of the dynamics&lt;br /&gt;
!Illustration of the trajectory&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;&#039;1&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-2.56&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-5.1&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-414.3&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|YES&lt;br /&gt;
|The molecule AB and the atom C approach each other directly with enough momentum to overcome the activation barrier and form the new molecule BC.&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Plot1 dynamics contour pg3518.png|thumb]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;&#039;2&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-3.1&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-4.1&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-420.1&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|NO&lt;br /&gt;
|The C approaches AB directly. The system does not have enough momentum to overcome the activation barrier.  &lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Plot2 dynamics pg3518.png|thumb]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;&#039;3&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-3.1&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-5.1&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-414.0&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|YES&lt;br /&gt;
|The system approaches the transition state fast with small oscillations. After passing the transition state the newly formed molecule BC has a higher vibrational frequency.&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Plot3 dynamics pg3518.png|thumb]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;&#039;4&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-5.1&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-10.1&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-357.3&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|NO&lt;br /&gt;
|The C approaches the molecule AB very fast. Newly formed molecule BC has too big momentum and vibrational energy. The BC reacts with A to reform AB with large vibrational energy.&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Plot4 dynamics pg3518.png|thumb]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;&#039;5&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-5.1&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-10.6&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-349.5&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|YES&lt;br /&gt;
|The C reacts with AB to from BC with the vibrational energy so big that the system passes the diagonal axis and form AB. C collides with AB. However, this time the oscillations do not cause the system to pass the &#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;AB&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;=&#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;BC &amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;axis. Therefore, the BC is formed.&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Plot5 dynamics pg3518.png|thumb]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
The calculations above show that the hypothesis: &amp;quot;All trajectories starting with the same positions but with higher values of momenta (higher kinetic energy) are reactive, as they have enough kinetic energy to overcome the activation barrier.&amp;quot; is incorrect. The condition of having higher kinetic energy than the activation barrier to be reactive is a necessary condition, not a sufficient one.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Transition state theory ====&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;Given the results you have obtained, how will Transition State Theory predictions for reaction rate values compare with experimental values?&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Transition State Theory predicts rates of the reactions assuming the following:&lt;br /&gt;
* the potential energy surface is divided between reactants and products by line orthogonal to MEP at the transition state.&lt;br /&gt;
* all trajectories with kinetic energy along the reaction coordinate greater than the activation energy will be reactive&lt;br /&gt;
This approximation is very useful for the reactions at low temperatures (kinetic conditions) as only some of the molecules have efficient energy to overcome the activation barrier. As shown in the table above in example 4, sufficient kinetic energy to pass the activation barrier is not the only condition. At high temperatures, the molecules with high energy can react to form products, which then can react again to produce reactants. Furthermore, the Transition State Theory does not account for orientation and molecular geometry, which both are important factors determining the reaction rate. Therefore, we would expect the experimental reaction rates to be lower than estimated ones.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Exercise 2: F-H-H system ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== PES inspection ===&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;By inspecting the potential energy surfaces, classify the F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and H + HF reactions according to their energetics (endothermic or exothermic). How does this relate to the bond strength of the chemical species involved?&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The reactants (atom F and molecule H-H) are much higher at the potential energy surface than products (F-H, H). This difference suggests the reaction (H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; + F → HF + H) is exothermic, releasing approximately 125.6 KJ/mol. The backward reaction (HF + H → H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; + F) is endothermic. The FH bond is much stronger than the bond in the H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule.&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Surface Plot FHH pg3518.png|centre|thumb|The potential energy surface plot shows the difference between the energy of products and reactants.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;Locate the approximate position of the transition state&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
According to Hammond&#039;s postulate, the transition state resembles the state, which is closer in energy. This means that the transition state will be more similar to the reactants (F, and H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;). In the reaction, the activation barrier is very small and the transition state is not obvious. In these calculations&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;,&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; the distance AB is referring to the distance between H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and the BC is the distance between H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and F. The transition state was found to lie at &#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;AB&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;= 74.487 pm, &#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;BC&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;= 181.11 pm. &lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Surface Plot FHH TS pg3518.png|centre|thumb|The transition state is shown as a red cross. ]]&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;Report the activation energy for both reactions.&#039;&#039; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This was done by slightly displacing the system from the transition state and calculating MEP.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== &#039;&#039;&#039;The&#039;&#039;&#039; &#039;&#039;&#039;H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; + F → HF + H reaction&#039;&#039;&#039; ====&lt;br /&gt;
This is an exothermic reaction. Therefore, the activation energy was expected to be smaller than the reverse reaction. To calculate the activation energy of this reaction, the system was moved to the direction of the reactants (in the direction of the backward reaction). The activation energy was found to be 0.7 KJ/mol.  &lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Energyplot reaction2 pg3518.png|centre|thumb|The total energy shows only a small dip in energy when moving from TS to H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; + F.]] &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== &#039;&#039;&#039;The&#039;&#039;&#039; &#039;&#039;&#039;HF + H → H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; + F reaction&#039;&#039;&#039; ====&lt;br /&gt;
This is an endothermic reaction. Therefore, the activation energy was expected to be larger than in the previous reaction. The activation energy was found to be 126 KJ/mol. &lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Energyplot reaction1 pg3518.png|centre|thumb|The total energy shows a large dip in energy when moving from TS to FH + H.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Reaction dynamics ===&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;In light of the fact that energy is conserved, discuss the mechanism of release of the reaction energy. Explain how this could be confirmed experimentally.&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The initial conditions resulting in successful trajectory were found to be &#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;AB&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;= 75 pm, &#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;BC&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;= 225 pm, &#039;&#039;&#039;p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;= -1 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;, &#039;&#039;&#039;p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;= -5 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;. This is an exothermic reaction. Therefore, the energy is released, but total energy has to be conserved. The plot below shows the trajectory of this reaction. The H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; vibrates moderately while approaching the F. The FH is formed with high vibrational energy and the H was close. The H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; was reformed for a brief moment to react with F again. This time the HF was formed and did not react with H. The released energy can be observed as vibrations with high energy and large amplitude. The vibration modes can be experimentally observed by Infrared Spectroscopy and the released energy can be measured in a calorimeter.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Contour dynamics FHH 1pg3518.png|left|thumb|The contour plot of successful reaction forming FH ]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Momentum plot pg3518.png|thumb|The Momentum vs. Time plot shows increased vibrations.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The reaction HF + H → H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; + F is endothermic. This means that in order for the reaction to be successful, we need to put a large amount of energy into the system in the form of large momentum. The initial conditions for the reaction shown below are: &#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;AB&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;= 225 pm, &#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;BC&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;= 75 pm, &#039;&#039;&#039;p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;= -4 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;, &#039;&#039;&#039;p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;= -1 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Endothermic contour pg3518.png|centre|thumb|The contour plot of an endothermic reaction. ]]&#039;&#039;Discuss how the distribution of energy between different modes (translation and vibration) affect the efficiency of the reaction, and how this is influenced by the position of the transition state.&#039;&#039;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Pg3518</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:pg3518&amp;diff=801087</id>
		<title>MRD:pg3518</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:pg3518&amp;diff=801087"/>
		<updated>2020-05-08T20:30:39Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Pg3518: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;= Molecular Reaction Dynamics: Applications to Triatomic systems =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Exercise 1: H +H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; system ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== The transition state ===&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:&#039;&#039;&#039;#36c&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;On a potential energy surface diagram, how is the transition state mathematically defined? How can the transition state be identified, and how can it be distinguished from a local minimum of the potential energy surface?&#039;&#039;[[File:Plot TS distances1 pg3518.png|alt=Plot showing Internuclear distances versus Time at transition state, r=90.775 pm. Plot shows to straight parallel lines. |thumb|Plot showing Internuclear distances vs Time at &#039;&#039;&#039;r&#039;&#039;&#039;= 90.775 pm.]]&lt;br /&gt;
The transition state is defined as the point with maximum energy on the minimum energy pathway of the reaction. Thus, the transition state has to be a saddle point. The saddle point is a stationary point, therefore its gradient has to equal zero. But also moving along the two different directions from the saddle point we get a local minimum in one direction and the local maximum in the direction orthogonal to the first. This means the transition state can be distinguished from the local minimum of the potential energy surface by identifying that it is also a local maximum in one of the directions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Dynamics from the transition state region ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Trajectories from r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;: locating the transition state ====&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;Report your best estimate of the transition state position (&#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;) and explain your reasoning illustrating it with a “Internuclear Distances vs Time” plot for a relevant trajectory.&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The products are identical to the reactants in the reaction of H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;. The Hammond&#039;s postulate suggests the transition state resembles the products and the reactants equally. This means that the potential energy surface is symmetrical along &#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;AB&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;=&#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;BC &amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;and the transition state lies at the local minimum of this axis. Shifting along &#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;AB&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;=&#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;BC&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039; will result in vibrations, which results in sinusoidal curves instead of perfectly straight lines. The position of the transition state was then adjusted by looking at forces acting along AB and BC directions. The transition state is a stationary point. Thus, the forces should be 0 at the point. The position of the transition state for this reaction was found to be &#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;=90.775 ± 3 pm.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Calculating the reaction path ====&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;Comment on how the mep and the trajectory you just calculated differ.&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Once the transition state was identified the minimum energy path can be calculated by slightly displacing the system (&#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;AB&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;=&#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;+1 pm, &#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;BC&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;=&#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;) with zero momentum (&#039;&#039;&#039;p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;AB&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;=&#039;&#039;&#039;p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;BC&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;=0 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;). The calculation type was changed from dynamic to MEP (minimum energy path), which resets the moments to zero after each step. This ensures that the system does not gain kinetic energy and does not oscillate as a consequence.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Plot MEP distances1 pg3518.png|thumb|MEP Internuclear distances vs Time plot|300x300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Plot MEP contour1 pg3518.png|thumb|MEP Contour plot|left]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Plot dynamic distances1 pg3518.png|thumb|Dynamic Ineternuclear distances vs Time plot]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Plot dynamic contour1 pg3518.png|left|thumb|Dynamic Contour plot]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|+ The position and momentum at the 1500&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;th&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; step (10 steps/fs)&lt;br /&gt;
!&lt;br /&gt;
!Dynamic&lt;br /&gt;
!MEP&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;AB&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039; / pm&lt;br /&gt;
|1113&lt;br /&gt;
|232&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;BC&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; &#039;&#039;&#039;/ pm&lt;br /&gt;
|76&lt;br /&gt;
|74&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;&#039;p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;AB&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039; mol·fs / g·pm&lt;br /&gt;
|5.1&lt;br /&gt;
|0&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;&#039;p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;BC&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; &#039;&#039;&#039;mol·fs / g·pm&lt;br /&gt;
|2.7&lt;br /&gt;
|0&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
When  (&#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;AB&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;=&#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;, &#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;BC&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;=&#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts &amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;+1 pm) are used as initial values for calculation of the reaction path, the result is a reflection trough mirror axis &#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;AB&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;=&#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;BC&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039; of the previously calculated reaction path. This is a result of the symmetric potential energy surface. When the final position from the table above was used as the initial position in the calculation and the signs of the momentum were reversed, we can see exactly the same trajectory where the system stops at the transition state.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Reactive and unreactive trajectories ===&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;Complete the table by adding the total energy, whether the trajectory is reactive or unreactive, and provide a plot of the trajectory and a small description for what happens along the trajectory. What can you conclude from the table?&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|+ The calculated trajectories from the initial position &#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;AB&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= 74 pm and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;BC&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= 200 pm&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
!&lt;br /&gt;
!p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;AB&#039;&#039;&#039; &#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;mol·fs / g·pm&lt;br /&gt;
!p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;BC&#039;&#039;&#039; &#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;mol·fs / g·pm&lt;br /&gt;
!E&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;tot&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
!Reactive?&lt;br /&gt;
!Description of the dynamics&lt;br /&gt;
!Illustration of the trajectory&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;&#039;1&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-2.56&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-5.1&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-414.3&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|YES&lt;br /&gt;
|The molecule AB and the atom C approach each other directly with enough momentum to overcome the activation barrier and form the new molecule BC.&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Plot1 dynamics contour pg3518.png|thumb]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;&#039;2&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-3.1&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-4.1&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-420.1&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|NO&lt;br /&gt;
|The C approaches AB directly. The system does not have enough momentum to overcome the activation barrier.  &lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Plot2 dynamics pg3518.png|thumb]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;&#039;3&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-3.1&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-5.1&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-414.0&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|YES&lt;br /&gt;
|The system approaches the transition state fast with small oscillations. After passing the transition state the newly formed molecule BC has a higher vibrational frequency.&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Plot3 dynamics pg3518.png|thumb]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;&#039;4&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-5.1&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-10.1&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-357.3&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|NO&lt;br /&gt;
|The C approaches the molecule AB very fast. Newly formed molecule BC has too big momentum and vibrational energy. The BC reacts with A to reform AB with large vibrational energy.&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Plot4 dynamics pg3518.png|thumb]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;&#039;5&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-5.1&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-10.6&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-349.5&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|YES&lt;br /&gt;
|The C reacts with AB to from BC with the vibrational energy so big that the system passes the diagonal axis and form AB. C collides with AB. However, this time the oscillations do not cause the system to pass the &#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;AB&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;=&#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;BC &amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;axis. Therefore, the BC is formed.&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Plot5 dynamics pg3518.png|thumb]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
The calculations above show that the hypothesis: &amp;quot;All trajectories starting with the same positions but with higher values of momenta (higher kinetic energy) are reactive, as they have enough kinetic energy to overcome the activation barrier.&amp;quot; is incorrect. The condition of having higher kinetic energy than the activation barrier to be reactive is a necessary condition, not a sufficient one.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Transition state theory ====&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;Given the results you have obtained, how will Transition State Theory predictions for reaction rate values compare with experimental values?&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Transition State Theory predicts rates of the reactions assuming the following:&lt;br /&gt;
* the potential energy surface is divided between reactants and products by line orthogonal to MEP at the transition state.&lt;br /&gt;
* all trajectories with kinetic energy along the reaction coordinate greater than the activation energy will be reactive&lt;br /&gt;
This approximation is very useful for the reactions at low temperatures (kinetic conditions) as only some of the molecules have efficient energy to overcome the activation barrier. As shown in the table above in example 4, sufficient kinetic energy to pass the activation barrier is not the only condition. At high temperatures, the molecules with high energy can react to form products, which then can react again to produce reactants. Furthermore, the Transition State Theory does not account for orientation and molecular geometry, which both are important factors determining the reaction rate. Therefore, we would expect the experimental reaction rates to be lower than estimated ones.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Exercise 2: F-H-H system ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== PES inspection ===&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;By inspecting the potential energy surfaces, classify the F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and H + HF reactions according to their energetics (endothermic or exothermic). How does this relate to the bond strength of the chemical species involved?&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The reactants (atom F and molecule H-H) are much higher at the potential energy surface than products (F-H, H). This difference suggests the reaction (H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; + F → HF + H) is exothermic, releasing approximately 125.6 KJ/mol. The backward reaction (HF + H → H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; + F) is endothermic. The FH bond is much stronger than the bond in the H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule.&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Surface Plot FHH pg3518.png|centre|thumb|The potential energy surface plot shows the difference between the energy of products and reactants.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;Locate the approximate position of the transition state&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
According to Hammond&#039;s postulate, the transition state resembles the state, which is closer in energy. This means that the transition state will be more similar to the reactants (F, and H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;). In the reaction, the activation barrier is very small and the transition state is not obvious. In these calculations&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;,&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; the distance AB is referring to the distance between H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and the BC is the distance between H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and F. The transition state was found to lie at &#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;AB&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;= 74.487 pm, &#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;BC&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;= 181.11 pm. &lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Surface Plot FHH TS pg3518.png|centre|thumb|The transition state is shown as a red cross. ]]&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;Report the activation energy for both reactions.&#039;&#039; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This was done by slightly displacing the system from the transition state and calculating MEP.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== &#039;&#039;&#039;The&#039;&#039;&#039; &#039;&#039;&#039;H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; + F → HF + H reaction&#039;&#039;&#039; ====&lt;br /&gt;
This is an exothermic reaction. Therefore, the activation energy was expected to be smaller than the reverse reaction. To calculate the activation energy of this reaction, the system was moved to the direction of the reactants (in the direction of the backward reaction). The activation energy was found to be 0.7 KJ/mol.  &lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Energyplot reaction2 pg3518.png|centre|thumb|The total energy shows only a small dip in energy when moving from TS to H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; + F.]] &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== &#039;&#039;&#039;The&#039;&#039;&#039; &#039;&#039;&#039;HF + H → H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; + F reaction&#039;&#039;&#039; ====&lt;br /&gt;
This is an endothermic reaction. Therefore, the activation energy was expected to be larger than in the previous reaction. The activation energy was found to be 126 KJ/mol. &lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Energyplot reaction1 pg3518.png|centre|thumb|The total energy shows a large dip in energy when moving from TS to FH + H.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Reaction dynamics ===&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;In light of the fact that energy is conserved, discuss the mechanism of release of the reaction energy. Explain how this could be confirmed experimentally.&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The initial conditions resulting in successful trajectory were found to be &#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;AB&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;= 75 pm, &#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;BC&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;= 225 pm, &#039;&#039;&#039;p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;= -1 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;, &#039;&#039;&#039;p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;= -5 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;. This is an exothermic reaction. Therefore, the energy is released, but total energy has to be conserved. The plot below shows the trajectory of this reaction. The H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; vibrates moderately while approaching the F. The FH is formed with high vibrational energy and the H was close. The H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; was reformed for a brief moment to react with F again. This time the HF was formed and did not react with H. The released energy can be observed as vibrations with high energy and large amplitude. The vibration modes can be experimentally observed by Infrared Spectroscopy and the released energy can be measured in a calorimeter.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Contour dynamics FHH 1pg3518.png|left|thumb|The contour plot of successful reaction forming FH ]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Momentum plot pg3518.png|thumb|The Momentum vs. Time plot shows increased vibrations.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The reaction HF + H → H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; + F is endothermic. This means that in order for the reaction to be successful, we need to put a large amount of energy into the system in the form of large momentum.&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Endothermic contour pg3518.png|centre|thumb|The contour plot of an endothermic reaction. ]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Pg3518</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:pg3518&amp;diff=801086</id>
		<title>MRD:pg3518</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:pg3518&amp;diff=801086"/>
		<updated>2020-05-08T20:30:18Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Pg3518: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;= Molecular Reaction Dynamics: Applications to Triatomic systems =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Exercise 1: H +H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; system ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== The transition state ===&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:&#039;&#039;&#039;#36c&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;On a potential energy surface diagram, how is the transition state mathematically defined? How can the transition state be identified, and how can it be distinguished from a local minimum of the potential energy surface?&#039;&#039;[[File:Plot TS distances1 pg3518.png|alt=Plot showing Internuclear distances versus Time at transition state, r=90.775 pm. Plot shows to straight parallel lines. |thumb|Plot showing Internuclear distances vs Time at &#039;&#039;&#039;r&#039;&#039;&#039;= 90.775 pm.]]&lt;br /&gt;
The transition state is defined as the point with maximum energy on the minimum energy pathway of the reaction. Thus, the transition state has to be a saddle point. The saddle point is a stationary point, therefore its gradient has to equal zero. But also moving along the two different directions from the saddle point we get a local minimum in one direction and the local maximum in the direction orthogonal to the first. This means the transition state can be distinguished from the local minimum of the potential energy surface by identifying that it is also a local maximum in one of the directions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Dynamics from the transition state region ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Trajectories from r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;: locating the transition state ====&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;Report your best estimate of the transition state position (&#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;) and explain your reasoning illustrating it with a “Internuclear Distances vs Time” plot for a relevant trajectory.&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The products are identical to the reactants in the reaction of H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;. The Hammond&#039;s postulate suggests the transition state resembles the products and the reactants equally. This means that the potential energy surface is symmetrical along &#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;AB&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;=&#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;BC &amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;and the transition state lies at the local minimum of this axis. Shifting along &#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;AB&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;=&#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;BC&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039; will result in vibrations, which results in sinusoidal curves instead of perfectly straight lines. The position of the transition state was then adjusted by looking at forces acting along AB and BC directions. The transition state is a stationary point. Thus, the forces should be 0 at the point. The position of the transition state for this reaction was found to be &#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;=90.775 ± 3 pm.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Calculating the reaction path ====&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;Comment on how the mep and the trajectory you just calculated differ.&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Once the transition state was identified the minimum energy path can be calculated by slightly displacing the system (&#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;AB&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;=&#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;+1 pm, &#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;BC&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;=&#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;) with zero momentum (&#039;&#039;&#039;p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;AB&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;=&#039;&#039;&#039;p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;BC&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;=0 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;). The calculation type was changed from dynamic to MEP (minimum energy path), which resets the moments to zero after each step. This ensures that the system does not gain kinetic energy and does not oscillate as a consequence.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Plot MEP distances1 pg3518.png|thumb|MEP Internuclear distances vs Time plot|300x300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Plot MEP contour1 pg3518.png|thumb|MEP Contour plot|left]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Plot dynamic distances1 pg3518.png|thumb|Dynamic Ineternuclear distances vs Time plot]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Plot dynamic contour1 pg3518.png|left|thumb|Dynamic Contour plot]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|+ The position and momentum at the 1500&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;th&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; step (10 steps/fs)&lt;br /&gt;
!&lt;br /&gt;
!Dynamic&lt;br /&gt;
!MEP&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;AB&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039; / pm&lt;br /&gt;
|1113&lt;br /&gt;
|232&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;BC&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; &#039;&#039;&#039;/ pm&lt;br /&gt;
|76&lt;br /&gt;
|74&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;&#039;p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;AB&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039; mol·fs / g·pm&lt;br /&gt;
|5.1&lt;br /&gt;
|0&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;&#039;p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;BC&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; &#039;&#039;&#039;mol·fs / g·pm&lt;br /&gt;
|2.7&lt;br /&gt;
|0&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
When  (&#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;AB&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;=&#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;, &#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;BC&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;=&#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts &amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;+1 pm) are used as initial values for calculation of the reaction path, the result is a reflection trough mirror axis &#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;AB&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;=&#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;BC&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039; of the previously calculated reaction path. This is a result of the symmetric potential energy surface. When the final position from the table above was used as the initial position in the calculation and the signs of the momentum were reversed, we can see exactly the same trajectory where the system stops at the transition state.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Reactive and unreactive trajectories ===&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;Complete the table by adding the total energy, whether the trajectory is reactive or unreactive, and provide a plot of the trajectory and a small description for what happens along the trajectory. What can you conclude from the table?&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|+ The calculated trajectories from the initial position &#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;AB&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= 74 pm and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;BC&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= 200 pm&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
!&lt;br /&gt;
!p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;AB&#039;&#039;&#039; &#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;mol·fs / g·pm&lt;br /&gt;
!p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;BC&#039;&#039;&#039; &#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;mol·fs / g·pm&lt;br /&gt;
!E&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;tot&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
!Reactive?&lt;br /&gt;
!Description of the dynamics&lt;br /&gt;
!Illustration of the trajectory&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;&#039;1&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-2.56&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-5.1&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-414.3&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|YES&lt;br /&gt;
|The molecule AB and the atom C approach each other directly with enough momentum to overcome the activation barrier and form the new molecule BC.&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Plot1 dynamics contour pg3518.png|thumb]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;&#039;2&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-3.1&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-4.1&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-420.1&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|NO&lt;br /&gt;
|The C approaches AB directly. The system does not have enough momentum to overcome the activation barrier.  &lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Plot2 dynamics pg3518.png|thumb]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;&#039;3&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-3.1&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-5.1&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-414.0&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|YES&lt;br /&gt;
|The system approaches the transition state fast with small oscillations. After passing the transition state the newly formed molecule BC has a higher vibrational frequency.&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Plot3 dynamics pg3518.png|thumb]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;&#039;4&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-5.1&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-10.1&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-357.3&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|NO&lt;br /&gt;
|The C approaches the molecule AB very fast. Newly formed molecule BC has too big momentum and vibrational energy. The BC reacts with A to reform AB with large vibrational energy.&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Plot4 dynamics pg3518.png|thumb]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;&#039;5&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-5.1&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-10.6&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-349.5&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|YES&lt;br /&gt;
|The C reacts with AB to from BC with the vibrational energy so big that the system passes the diagonal axis and form AB. C collides with AB. However, this time the oscillations do not cause the system to pass the &#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;AB&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;=&#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;BC &amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;axis. Therefore, the BC is formed.&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Plot5 dynamics pg3518.png|thumb]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
The calculations above show that the hypothesis: &amp;quot;All trajectories starting with the same positions but with higher values of momenta (higher kinetic energy) are reactive, as they have enough kinetic energy to overcome the activation barrier.&amp;quot; is incorrect. The condition of having higher kinetic energy than the activation barrier to be reactive is a necessary condition, not a sufficient one.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Transition state theory ====&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;Given the results you have obtained, how will Transition State Theory predictions for reaction rate values compare with experimental values?&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Transition State Theory predicts rates of the reactions assuming the following:&lt;br /&gt;
* the potential energy surface is divided between reactants and products by line orthogonal to MEP at the transition state.&lt;br /&gt;
* all trajectories with kinetic energy along the reaction coordinate greater than the activation energy will be reactive&lt;br /&gt;
This approximation is very useful for the reactions at low temperatures (kinetic conditions) as only some of the molecules have efficient energy to overcome the activation barrier. As shown in the table above in example 4, sufficient kinetic energy to pass the activation barrier is not the only condition. At high temperatures, the molecules with high energy can react to form products, which then can react again to produce reactants. Furthermore, the Transition State Theory does not account for orientation and molecular geometry, which both are important factors determining the reaction rate. Therefore, we would expect the experimental reaction rates to be lower than estimated ones.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Exercise 2: F-H-H system ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== PES inspection ===&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;By inspecting the potential energy surfaces, classify the F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and H + HF reactions according to their energetics (endothermic or exothermic). How does this relate to the bond strength of the chemical species involved?&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The reactants (atom F and molecule H-H) are much higher at the potential energy surface than products (F-H, H). This difference suggests the reaction (H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; + F → HF + H) is exothermic, releasing approximately 125.6 KJ/mol. The backward reaction (HF + H → H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; + F) is endothermic. The FH bond is much stronger than the bond in the H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule.&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Surface Plot FHH pg3518.png|centre|thumb|The potential energy surface plot shows the difference between the energy of products and reactants.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;Locate the approximate position of the transition state&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
According to Hammond&#039;s postulate, the transition state resembles the state, which is closer in energy. This means that the transition state will be more similar to the reactants (F, and H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;). In the reaction, the activation barrier is very small and the transition state is not obvious. In these calculations&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;,&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; the distance AB is referring to the distance between H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and the BC is the distance between H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and F. The transition state was found to lie at &#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;AB&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;= 74.487 pm, &#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;BC&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;= 181.11 pm. &lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Surface Plot FHH TS pg3518.png|centre|thumb|The transition state is shown as a red cross. ]]&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;Report the activation energy for both reactions.&#039;&#039; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This was done by slightly displacing the system from the transition state and calculating MEP.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== &#039;&#039;&#039;The&#039;&#039;&#039; &#039;&#039;&#039;H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; + F → HF + H reaction&#039;&#039;&#039; ====&lt;br /&gt;
This is an exothermic reaction. Therefore, the activation energy was expected to be smaller than the reverse reaction. To calculate the activation energy of this reaction, the system was moved to the direction of the reactants (in the direction of the backward reaction). The activation energy was found to be 0.7 KJ/mol.  &lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Energyplot reaction2 pg3518.png|centre|thumb|The total energy shows only a small dip in energy when moving from TS to H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; + F.]] &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== &#039;&#039;&#039;The&#039;&#039;&#039; &#039;&#039;&#039;HF + H → H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; + F reaction&#039;&#039;&#039; ====&lt;br /&gt;
This is an endothermic reaction. Therefore, the activation energy was expected to be larger than in the previous reaction. The activation energy was found to be 126 KJ/mol. &lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Energyplot reaction1 pg3518.png|centre|thumb|The total energy shows a large dip in energy when moving from TS to FH + H.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Reaction dynamics ===&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;In light of the fact that energy is conserved, discuss the mechanism of release of the reaction energy. Explain how this could be confirmed experimentally.&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The initial conditions resulting in successful trajectory were found to be &#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;AB&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;= 75 pm, &#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;BC&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;= 225 pm, &#039;&#039;&#039;p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;= -1 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;, &#039;&#039;&#039;p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;= -5 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;. This is an exothermic reaction. Therefore, the energy is released, but total energy has to be conserved. The plot below shows the trajectory of this reaction. The H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; vibrates moderately while approaching the F. The FH is formed with high vibrational energy and the H was close. The H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; was reformed for a brief moment to react with F again. This time the HF was formed and did not react with H. The released energy can be observed as vibrations with high energy and large amplitude. The vibration modes can be experimentally observed by Infrared Spectroscopy and the released energy can be measured in a calorimeter.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Contour dynamics FHH 1pg3518.png|left|thumb|The contour plot of successful reaction forming FH ]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Momentum plot pg3518.png|thumb|The Momentum vs. Time plot shows increased vibrations.]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Endothermic contour pg3518.png|centre|thumb|The contour plot of an endothermic reaction. ]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The reaction HF + H → H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; + F is endothermic. This means that in order for the reaction to be successful, we need to put a large amount of energy into the system in the form of large momentum.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Pg3518</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:pg3518&amp;diff=801083</id>
		<title>MRD:pg3518</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:pg3518&amp;diff=801083"/>
		<updated>2020-05-08T20:28:32Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Pg3518: /* Reaction dynamics */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;= Molecular Reaction Dynamics: Applications to Triatomic systems =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Exercise 1: H +H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; system ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== The transition state ===&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:&#039;&#039;&#039;#36c&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;On a potential energy surface diagram, how is the transition state mathematically defined? How can the transition state be identified, and how can it be distinguished from a local minimum of the potential energy surface?&#039;&#039;[[File:Plot TS distances1 pg3518.png|alt=Plot showing Internuclear distances versus Time at transition state, r=90.775 pm. Plot shows to straight parallel lines. |thumb|Plot showing Internuclear distances vs Time at &#039;&#039;&#039;r&#039;&#039;&#039;= 90.775 pm.]]&lt;br /&gt;
The transition state is defined as the point with maximum energy on the minimum energy pathway of the reaction. Thus, the transition state has to be a saddle point. The saddle point is a stationary point, therefore its gradient has to equal zero. But also moving along the two different directions from the saddle point we get a local minimum in one direction and the local maximum in the direction orthogonal to the first. This means the transition state can be distinguished from the local minimum of the potential energy surface by identifying that it is also a local maximum in one of the directions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Dynamics from the transition state region ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Trajectories from r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;: locating the transition state ====&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;Report your best estimate of the transition state position (&#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;) and explain your reasoning illustrating it with a “Internuclear Distances vs Time” plot for a relevant trajectory.&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The products are identical to the reactants in the reaction of H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;. The Hammond&#039;s postulate suggests the transition state resembles the products and the reactants equally. This means that the potential energy surface is symmetrical along &#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;AB&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;=&#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;BC &amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;and the transition state lies at the local minimum of this axis. Shifting along &#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;AB&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;=&#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;BC&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039; will result in vibrations, which results in sinusoidal curves instead of perfectly straight lines. The position of the transition state was then adjusted by looking at forces acting along AB and BC directions. The transition state is a stationary point. Thus, the forces should be 0 at the point. The position of the transition state for this reaction was found to be &#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;=90.775 ± 3 pm.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Calculating the reaction path ====&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;Comment on how the mep and the trajectory you just calculated differ.&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Once the transition state was identified the minimum energy path can be calculated by slightly displacing the system (&#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;AB&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;=&#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;+1 pm, &#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;BC&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;=&#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;) with zero momentum (&#039;&#039;&#039;p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;AB&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;=&#039;&#039;&#039;p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;BC&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;=0 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;). The calculation type was changed from dynamic to MEP (minimum energy path), which resets the moments to zero after each step. This ensures that the system does not gain kinetic energy and does not oscillate as a consequence.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Plot MEP distances1 pg3518.png|thumb|MEP Internuclear distances vs Time plot|300x300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Plot MEP contour1 pg3518.png|thumb|MEP Contour plot|left]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Plot dynamic distances1 pg3518.png|thumb|Dynamic Ineternuclear distances vs Time plot]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Plot dynamic contour1 pg3518.png|left|thumb|Dynamic Contour plot]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|+ The position and momentum at the 1500&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;th&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; step (10 steps/fs)&lt;br /&gt;
!&lt;br /&gt;
!Dynamic&lt;br /&gt;
!MEP&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;AB&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039; / pm&lt;br /&gt;
|1113&lt;br /&gt;
|232&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;BC&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; &#039;&#039;&#039;/ pm&lt;br /&gt;
|76&lt;br /&gt;
|74&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;&#039;p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;AB&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039; mol·fs / g·pm&lt;br /&gt;
|5.1&lt;br /&gt;
|0&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;&#039;p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;BC&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; &#039;&#039;&#039;mol·fs / g·pm&lt;br /&gt;
|2.7&lt;br /&gt;
|0&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
When  (&#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;AB&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;=&#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;, &#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;BC&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;=&#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts &amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;+1 pm) are used as initial values for calculation of the reaction path, the result is a reflection trough mirror axis &#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;AB&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;=&#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;BC&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039; of the previously calculated reaction path. This is a result of the symmetric potential energy surface. When the final position from the table above was used as the initial position in the calculation and the signs of the momentum were reversed, we can see exactly the same trajectory where the system stops at the transition state.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Reactive and unreactive trajectories ===&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;Complete the table by adding the total energy, whether the trajectory is reactive or unreactive, and provide a plot of the trajectory and a small description for what happens along the trajectory. What can you conclude from the table?&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|+ The calculated trajectories from the initial position &#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;AB&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= 74 pm and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;BC&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= 200 pm&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
!&lt;br /&gt;
!p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;AB&#039;&#039;&#039; &#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;mol·fs / g·pm&lt;br /&gt;
!p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;BC&#039;&#039;&#039; &#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;mol·fs / g·pm&lt;br /&gt;
!E&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;tot&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
!Reactive?&lt;br /&gt;
!Description of the dynamics&lt;br /&gt;
!Illustration of the trajectory&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;&#039;1&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-2.56&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-5.1&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-414.3&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|YES&lt;br /&gt;
|The molecule AB and the atom C approach each other directly with enough momentum to overcome the activation barrier and form the new molecule BC.&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Plot1 dynamics contour pg3518.png|thumb]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;&#039;2&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-3.1&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-4.1&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-420.1&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|NO&lt;br /&gt;
|The C approaches AB directly. The system does not have enough momentum to overcome the activation barrier.  &lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Plot2 dynamics pg3518.png|thumb]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;&#039;3&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-3.1&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-5.1&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-414.0&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|YES&lt;br /&gt;
|The system approaches the transition state fast with small oscillations. After passing the transition state the newly formed molecule BC has a higher vibrational frequency.&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Plot3 dynamics pg3518.png|thumb]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;&#039;4&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-5.1&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-10.1&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-357.3&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|NO&lt;br /&gt;
|The C approaches the molecule AB very fast. Newly formed molecule BC has too big momentum and vibrational energy. The BC reacts with A to reform AB with large vibrational energy.&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Plot4 dynamics pg3518.png|thumb]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;&#039;5&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-5.1&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-10.6&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-349.5&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|YES&lt;br /&gt;
|The C reacts with AB to from BC with the vibrational energy so big that the system passes the diagonal axis and form AB. C collides with AB. However, this time the oscillations do not cause the system to pass the &#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;AB&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;=&#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;BC &amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;axis. Therefore, the BC is formed.&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Plot5 dynamics pg3518.png|thumb]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
The calculations above show that the hypothesis: &amp;quot;All trajectories starting with the same positions but with higher values of momenta (higher kinetic energy) are reactive, as they have enough kinetic energy to overcome the activation barrier.&amp;quot; is incorrect. The condition of having higher kinetic energy than the activation barrier to be reactive is a necessary condition, not a sufficient one.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Transition state theory ====&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;Given the results you have obtained, how will Transition State Theory predictions for reaction rate values compare with experimental values?&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Transition State Theory predicts rates of the reactions assuming the following:&lt;br /&gt;
* the potential energy surface is divided between reactants and products by line orthogonal to MEP at the transition state.&lt;br /&gt;
* all trajectories with kinetic energy along the reaction coordinate greater than the activation energy will be reactive&lt;br /&gt;
This approximation is very useful for the reactions at low temperatures (kinetic conditions) as only some of the molecules have efficient energy to overcome the activation barrier. As shown in the table above in example 4, sufficient kinetic energy to pass the activation barrier is not the only condition. At high temperatures, the molecules with high energy can react to form products, which then can react again to produce reactants. Furthermore, the Transition State Theory does not account for orientation and molecular geometry, which both are important factors determining the reaction rate. Therefore, we would expect the experimental reaction rates to be lower than estimated ones.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Exercise 2: F-H-H system ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== PES inspection ===&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;By inspecting the potential energy surfaces, classify the F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and H + HF reactions according to their energetics (endothermic or exothermic). How does this relate to the bond strength of the chemical species involved?&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The reactants (atom F and molecule H-H) are much higher at the potential energy surface than products (F-H, H). This difference suggests the reaction (H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; + F → HF + H) is exothermic, releasing approximately 125.6 KJ/mol. The backward reaction (HF + H → H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; + F) is endothermic. The FH bond is much stronger than the bond in the H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule.&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Surface Plot FHH pg3518.png|centre|thumb|The potential energy surface plot shows the difference between the energy of products and reactants.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;Locate the approximate position of the transition state&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
According to Hammond&#039;s postulate, the transition state resembles the state, which is closer in energy. This means that the transition state will be more similar to the reactants (F, and H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;). In the reaction, the activation barrier is very small and the transition state is not obvious. In these calculations&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;,&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; the distance AB is referring to the distance between H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and the BC is the distance between H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and F. The transition state was found to lie at &#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;AB&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;= 74.487 pm, &#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;BC&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;= 181.11 pm. &lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Surface Plot FHH TS pg3518.png|centre|thumb|The transition state is shown as a red cross. ]]&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;Report the activation energy for both reactions.&#039;&#039; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This was done by slightly displacing the system from the transition state and calculating MEP.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== &#039;&#039;&#039;The&#039;&#039;&#039; &#039;&#039;&#039;H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; + F → HF + H reaction&#039;&#039;&#039; ====&lt;br /&gt;
This is an exothermic reaction. Therefore, the activation energy was expected to be smaller than the reverse reaction. To calculate the activation energy of this reaction, the system was moved to the direction of the reactants (in the direction of the backward reaction). The activation energy was found to be 0.7 KJ/mol.  &lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Energyplot reaction2 pg3518.png|centre|thumb|The total energy shows only a small dip in energy when moving from TS to H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; + F.]] &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== &#039;&#039;&#039;The&#039;&#039;&#039; &#039;&#039;&#039;HF + H → H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; + F reaction&#039;&#039;&#039; ====&lt;br /&gt;
This is an endothermic reaction. Therefore, the activation energy was expected to be larger than in the previous reaction. The activation energy was found to be 126 KJ/mol. &lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Energyplot reaction1 pg3518.png|centre|thumb|The total energy shows a large dip in energy when moving from TS to FH + H.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Reaction dynamics ===&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;In light of the fact that energy is conserved, discuss the mechanism of release of the reaction energy. Explain how this could be confirmed experimentally.&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The initial conditions resulting in successful trajectory were found to be &#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;AB&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;= 75 pm, &#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;BC&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;= 225 pm, &#039;&#039;&#039;p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;= -1 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;, &#039;&#039;&#039;p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;= -5 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;. This is an exothermic reaction. Therefore, the energy is released, but total energy has to be conserved. The plot below shows the trajectory of this reaction. The H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; vibrates moderately while approaching the F. The FH is formed with high vibrational energy and the H was close. The H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; was reformed for a brief moment to react with F again. This time the HF was formed and did not react with H. The released energy can be observed as vibrations with high energy and large amplitude. The vibration modes can be experimentally observed by Infrared Spectroscopy and the released energy can be measured in a calorimeter.&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Endothermic contour pg3518.png|centre|thumb|The contour plot of an endothermic reaction. ]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Contour dynamics FHH 1pg3518.png|left|thumb|The contour plot of successful reaction forming FH ]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Momentum plot pg3518.png|thumb|The Momentum vs. Time plot shows increased vibrations.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The reaction HF + H → H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; + F is endothermic. This means that in order for the reaction to be successful, we need to put a large amount of energy into the system in the form of large momentum.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Pg3518</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=File:Endothermic_contour_pg3518.png&amp;diff=801079</id>
		<title>File:Endothermic contour pg3518.png</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=File:Endothermic_contour_pg3518.png&amp;diff=801079"/>
		<updated>2020-05-08T20:27:25Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Pg3518: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Pg3518</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:pg3518&amp;diff=801058</id>
		<title>MRD:pg3518</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:pg3518&amp;diff=801058"/>
		<updated>2020-05-08T20:18:12Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Pg3518: /* The HF + H → H2 + F reaction */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;= Molecular Reaction Dynamics: Applications to Triatomic systems =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Exercise 1: H +H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; system ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== The transition state ===&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:&#039;&#039;&#039;#36c&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;On a potential energy surface diagram, how is the transition state mathematically defined? How can the transition state be identified, and how can it be distinguished from a local minimum of the potential energy surface?&#039;&#039;[[File:Plot TS distances1 pg3518.png|alt=Plot showing Internuclear distances versus Time at transition state, r=90.775 pm. Plot shows to straight parallel lines. |thumb|Plot showing Internuclear distances vs Time at &#039;&#039;&#039;r&#039;&#039;&#039;= 90.775 pm.]]&lt;br /&gt;
The transition state is defined as the point with maximum energy on the minimum energy pathway of the reaction. Thus, the transition state has to be a saddle point. The saddle point is a stationary point, therefore its gradient has to equal zero. But also moving along the two different directions from the saddle point we get a local minimum in one direction and the local maximum in the direction orthogonal to the first. This means the transition state can be distinguished from the local minimum of the potential energy surface by identifying that it is also a local maximum in one of the directions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Dynamics from the transition state region ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Trajectories from r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;: locating the transition state ====&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;Report your best estimate of the transition state position (&#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;) and explain your reasoning illustrating it with a “Internuclear Distances vs Time” plot for a relevant trajectory.&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The products are identical to the reactants in the reaction of H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;. The Hammond&#039;s postulate suggests the transition state resembles the products and the reactants equally. This means that the potential energy surface is symmetrical along &#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;AB&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;=&#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;BC &amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;and the transition state lies at the local minimum of this axis. Shifting along &#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;AB&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;=&#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;BC&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039; will result in vibrations, which results in sinusoidal curves instead of perfectly straight lines. The position of the transition state was then adjusted by looking at forces acting along AB and BC directions. The transition state is a stationary point. Thus, the forces should be 0 at the point. The position of the transition state for this reaction was found to be &#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;=90.775 ± 3 pm.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Calculating the reaction path ====&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;Comment on how the mep and the trajectory you just calculated differ.&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Once the transition state was identified the minimum energy path can be calculated by slightly displacing the system (&#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;AB&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;=&#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;+1 pm, &#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;BC&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;=&#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;) with zero momentum (&#039;&#039;&#039;p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;AB&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;=&#039;&#039;&#039;p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;BC&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;=0 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;). The calculation type was changed from dynamic to MEP (minimum energy path), which resets the moments to zero after each step. This ensures that the system does not gain kinetic energy and does not oscillate as a consequence.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Plot MEP distances1 pg3518.png|thumb|MEP Internuclear distances vs Time plot|300x300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Plot MEP contour1 pg3518.png|thumb|MEP Contour plot|left]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Plot dynamic distances1 pg3518.png|thumb|Dynamic Ineternuclear distances vs Time plot]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Plot dynamic contour1 pg3518.png|left|thumb|Dynamic Contour plot]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|+ The position and momentum at the 1500&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;th&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; step (10 steps/fs)&lt;br /&gt;
!&lt;br /&gt;
!Dynamic&lt;br /&gt;
!MEP&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;AB&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039; / pm&lt;br /&gt;
|1113&lt;br /&gt;
|232&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;BC&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; &#039;&#039;&#039;/ pm&lt;br /&gt;
|76&lt;br /&gt;
|74&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;&#039;p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;AB&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039; mol·fs / g·pm&lt;br /&gt;
|5.1&lt;br /&gt;
|0&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;&#039;p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;BC&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; &#039;&#039;&#039;mol·fs / g·pm&lt;br /&gt;
|2.7&lt;br /&gt;
|0&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
When  (&#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;AB&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;=&#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;, &#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;BC&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;=&#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts &amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;+1 pm) are used as initial values for calculation of the reaction path, the result is a reflection trough mirror axis &#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;AB&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;=&#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;BC&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039; of the previously calculated reaction path. This is a result of the symmetric potential energy surface. When the final position from the table above was used as the initial position in the calculation and the signs of the momentum were reversed, we can see exactly the same trajectory where the system stops at the transition state.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Reactive and unreactive trajectories ===&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;Complete the table by adding the total energy, whether the trajectory is reactive or unreactive, and provide a plot of the trajectory and a small description for what happens along the trajectory. What can you conclude from the table?&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|+ The calculated trajectories from the initial position &#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;AB&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= 74 pm and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;BC&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= 200 pm&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
!&lt;br /&gt;
!p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;AB&#039;&#039;&#039; &#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;mol·fs / g·pm&lt;br /&gt;
!p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;BC&#039;&#039;&#039; &#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;mol·fs / g·pm&lt;br /&gt;
!E&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;tot&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
!Reactive?&lt;br /&gt;
!Description of the dynamics&lt;br /&gt;
!Illustration of the trajectory&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;&#039;1&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-2.56&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-5.1&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-414.3&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|YES&lt;br /&gt;
|The molecule AB and the atom C approach each other directly with enough momentum to overcome the activation barrier and form the new molecule BC.&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Plot1 dynamics contour pg3518.png|thumb]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;&#039;2&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-3.1&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-4.1&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-420.1&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|NO&lt;br /&gt;
|The C approaches AB directly. The system does not have enough momentum to overcome the activation barrier.  &lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Plot2 dynamics pg3518.png|thumb]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;&#039;3&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-3.1&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-5.1&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-414.0&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|YES&lt;br /&gt;
|The system approaches the transition state fast with small oscillations. After passing the transition state the newly formed molecule BC has a higher vibrational frequency.&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Plot3 dynamics pg3518.png|thumb]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;&#039;4&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-5.1&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-10.1&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-357.3&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|NO&lt;br /&gt;
|The C approaches the molecule AB very fast. Newly formed molecule BC has too big momentum and vibrational energy. The BC reacts with A to reform AB with large vibrational energy.&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Plot4 dynamics pg3518.png|thumb]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;&#039;5&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-5.1&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-10.6&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-349.5&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|YES&lt;br /&gt;
|The C reacts with AB to from BC with the vibrational energy so big that the system passes the diagonal axis and form AB. C collides with AB. However, this time the oscillations do not cause the system to pass the &#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;AB&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;=&#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;BC &amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;axis. Therefore, the BC is formed.&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Plot5 dynamics pg3518.png|thumb]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
The calculations above show that the hypothesis: &amp;quot;All trajectories starting with the same positions but with higher values of momenta (higher kinetic energy) are reactive, as they have enough kinetic energy to overcome the activation barrier.&amp;quot; is incorrect. The condition of having higher kinetic energy than the activation barrier to be reactive is a necessary condition, not a sufficient one.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Transition state theory ====&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;Given the results you have obtained, how will Transition State Theory predictions for reaction rate values compare with experimental values?&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Transition State Theory predicts rates of the reactions assuming the following:&lt;br /&gt;
* the potential energy surface is divided between reactants and products by line orthogonal to MEP at the transition state.&lt;br /&gt;
* all trajectories with kinetic energy along the reaction coordinate greater than the activation energy will be reactive&lt;br /&gt;
This approximation is very useful for the reactions at low temperatures (kinetic conditions) as only some of the molecules have efficient energy to overcome the activation barrier. As shown in the table above in example 4, sufficient kinetic energy to pass the activation barrier is not the only condition. At high temperatures, the molecules with high energy can react to form products, which then can react again to produce reactants. Furthermore, the Transition State Theory does not account for orientation and molecular geometry, which both are important factors determining the reaction rate. Therefore, we would expect the experimental reaction rates to be lower than estimated ones.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Exercise 2: F-H-H system ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== PES inspection ===&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;By inspecting the potential energy surfaces, classify the F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and H + HF reactions according to their energetics (endothermic or exothermic). How does this relate to the bond strength of the chemical species involved?&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The reactants (atom F and molecule H-H) are much higher at the potential energy surface than products (F-H, H). This difference suggests the reaction (H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; + F → HF + H) is exothermic, releasing approximately 125.6 KJ/mol. The backward reaction (HF + H → H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; + F) is endothermic. The FH bond is much stronger than the bond in the H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule.&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Surface Plot FHH pg3518.png|centre|thumb|The potential energy surface plot shows the difference between the energy of products and reactants.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;Locate the approximate position of the transition state&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
According to Hammond&#039;s postulate, the transition state resembles the state, which is closer in energy. This means that the transition state will be more similar to the reactants (F, and H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;). In the reaction, the activation barrier is very small and the transition state is not obvious. In these calculations&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;,&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; the distance AB is referring to the distance between H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and the BC is the distance between H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and F. The transition state was found to lie at &#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;AB&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;= 74.487 pm, &#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;BC&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;= 181.11 pm. &lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Surface Plot FHH TS pg3518.png|centre|thumb|The transition state is shown as a red cross. ]]&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;Report the activation energy for both reactions.&#039;&#039; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This was done by slightly displacing the system from the transition state and calculating MEP.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== &#039;&#039;&#039;The&#039;&#039;&#039; &#039;&#039;&#039;H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; + F → HF + H reaction&#039;&#039;&#039; ====&lt;br /&gt;
This is an exothermic reaction. Therefore, the activation energy was expected to be smaller than the reverse reaction. To calculate the activation energy of this reaction, the system was moved to the direction of the reactants (in the direction of the backward reaction). The activation energy was found to be 0.7 KJ/mol.  &lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Energyplot reaction2 pg3518.png|centre|thumb|The total energy shows only a small dip in energy when moving from TS to H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; + F.]] &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== &#039;&#039;&#039;The&#039;&#039;&#039; &#039;&#039;&#039;HF + H → H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; + F reaction&#039;&#039;&#039; ====&lt;br /&gt;
This is an endothermic reaction. Therefore, the activation energy was expected to be larger than in the previous reaction. The activation energy was found to be 126 KJ/mol. &lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Energyplot reaction1 pg3518.png|centre|thumb|The total energy shows a large dip in energy when moving from TS to FH + H.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Reaction dynamics ===&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;In light of the fact that energy is conserved, discuss the mechanism of release of the reaction energy. Explain how this could be confirmed experimentally.&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The initial conditions resulting in successful trajectory were found to be &#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;AB&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;= 75 pm, &#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;BC&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;= 225 pm, &#039;&#039;&#039;p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;= -1 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;, &#039;&#039;&#039;p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;= -5 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;. This is an exothermic reaction. Therefore, the energy is released, but total energy has to be conserved. The plot below shows the trajectory of this reaction. The H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; vibrates moderately while approaching the F. The FH is formed with high vibrational energy and the H was close. The H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; was reformed for a brief moment to react with F again. This time the HF was formed and did not react with H. The released energy can be observed as vibrations with high energy and large amplitude. The vibration modes can be experimentally observed by Infrared Spectroscopy and the released energy can be measured in a calorimeter.&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Contour dynamics FHH 1pg3518.png|left|thumb|The contour plot of successful reaction forming FH ]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Momentum plot pg3518.png|thumb|The Momentum vs. Time plot shows increased vibrations.]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Pg3518</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=File:Momentum_plot_pg3518.png&amp;diff=801051</id>
		<title>File:Momentum plot pg3518.png</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=File:Momentum_plot_pg3518.png&amp;diff=801051"/>
		<updated>2020-05-08T20:15:43Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Pg3518: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Pg3518</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=File:Contour_dynamics_FHH_1pg3518.png&amp;diff=801024</id>
		<title>File:Contour dynamics FHH 1pg3518.png</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=File:Contour_dynamics_FHH_1pg3518.png&amp;diff=801024"/>
		<updated>2020-05-08T19:55:31Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Pg3518: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Pg3518</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:pg3518&amp;diff=801017</id>
		<title>MRD:pg3518</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:pg3518&amp;diff=801017"/>
		<updated>2020-05-08T19:49:44Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Pg3518: /* Exercise 2: F-H-H system */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;= Molecular Reaction Dynamics: Applications to Triatomic systems =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Exercise 1: H +H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; system ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== The transition state ===&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:&#039;&#039;&#039;#36c&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;On a potential energy surface diagram, how is the transition state mathematically defined? How can the transition state be identified, and how can it be distinguished from a local minimum of the potential energy surface?&#039;&#039;[[File:Plot TS distances1 pg3518.png|alt=Plot showing Internuclear distances versus Time at transition state, r=90.775 pm. Plot shows to straight parallel lines. |thumb|Plot showing Internuclear distances vs Time at &#039;&#039;&#039;r&#039;&#039;&#039;= 90.775 pm.]]&lt;br /&gt;
The transition state is defined as the point with maximum energy on the minimum energy pathway of the reaction. Thus, the transition state has to be a saddle point. The saddle point is a stationary point, therefore its gradient has to equal zero. But also moving along the two different directions from the saddle point we get a local minimum in one direction and the local maximum in the direction orthogonal to the first. This means the transition state can be distinguished from the local minimum of the potential energy surface by identifying that it is also a local maximum in one of the directions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Dynamics from the transition state region ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Trajectories from r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;: locating the transition state ====&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;Report your best estimate of the transition state position (&#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;) and explain your reasoning illustrating it with a “Internuclear Distances vs Time” plot for a relevant trajectory.&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The products are identical to the reactants in the reaction of H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;. The Hammond&#039;s postulate suggests the transition state resembles the products and the reactants equally. This means that the potential energy surface is symmetrical along &#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;AB&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;=&#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;BC &amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;and the transition state lies at the local minimum of this axis. Shifting along &#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;AB&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;=&#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;BC&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039; will result in vibrations, which results in sinusoidal curves instead of perfectly straight lines. The position of the transition state was then adjusted by looking at forces acting along AB and BC directions. The transition state is a stationary point. Thus, the forces should be 0 at the point. The position of the transition state for this reaction was found to be &#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;=90.775 ± 3 pm.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Calculating the reaction path ====&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;Comment on how the mep and the trajectory you just calculated differ.&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Once the transition state was identified the minimum energy path can be calculated by slightly displacing the system (&#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;AB&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;=&#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;+1 pm, &#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;BC&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;=&#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;) with zero momentum (&#039;&#039;&#039;p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;AB&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;=&#039;&#039;&#039;p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;BC&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;=0 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;). The calculation type was changed from dynamic to MEP (minimum energy path), which resets the moments to zero after each step. This ensures that the system does not gain kinetic energy and does not oscillate as a consequence.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Plot MEP distances1 pg3518.png|thumb|MEP Internuclear distances vs Time plot|300x300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Plot MEP contour1 pg3518.png|thumb|MEP Contour plot|left]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Plot dynamic distances1 pg3518.png|thumb|Dynamic Ineternuclear distances vs Time plot]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Plot dynamic contour1 pg3518.png|left|thumb|Dynamic Contour plot]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|+ The position and momentum at the 1500&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;th&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; step (10 steps/fs)&lt;br /&gt;
!&lt;br /&gt;
!Dynamic&lt;br /&gt;
!MEP&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;AB&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039; / pm&lt;br /&gt;
|1113&lt;br /&gt;
|232&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;BC&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; &#039;&#039;&#039;/ pm&lt;br /&gt;
|76&lt;br /&gt;
|74&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;&#039;p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;AB&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039; mol·fs / g·pm&lt;br /&gt;
|5.1&lt;br /&gt;
|0&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;&#039;p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;BC&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; &#039;&#039;&#039;mol·fs / g·pm&lt;br /&gt;
|2.7&lt;br /&gt;
|0&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
When  (&#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;AB&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;=&#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;, &#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;BC&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;=&#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts &amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;+1 pm) are used as initial values for calculation of the reaction path, the result is a reflection trough mirror axis &#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;AB&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;=&#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;BC&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039; of the previously calculated reaction path. This is a result of the symmetric potential energy surface. When the final position from the table above was used as the initial position in the calculation and the signs of the momentum were reversed, we can see exactly the same trajectory where the system stops at the transition state.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Reactive and unreactive trajectories ===&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;Complete the table by adding the total energy, whether the trajectory is reactive or unreactive, and provide a plot of the trajectory and a small description for what happens along the trajectory. What can you conclude from the table?&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|+ The calculated trajectories from the initial position &#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;AB&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= 74 pm and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;BC&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= 200 pm&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
!&lt;br /&gt;
!p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;AB&#039;&#039;&#039; &#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;mol·fs / g·pm&lt;br /&gt;
!p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;BC&#039;&#039;&#039; &#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;mol·fs / g·pm&lt;br /&gt;
!E&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;tot&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
!Reactive?&lt;br /&gt;
!Description of the dynamics&lt;br /&gt;
!Illustration of the trajectory&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;&#039;1&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-2.56&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-5.1&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-414.3&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|YES&lt;br /&gt;
|The molecule AB and the atom C approach each other directly with enough momentum to overcome the activation barrier and form the new molecule BC.&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Plot1 dynamics contour pg3518.png|thumb]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;&#039;2&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-3.1&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-4.1&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-420.1&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|NO&lt;br /&gt;
|The C approaches AB directly. The system does not have enough momentum to overcome the activation barrier.  &lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Plot2 dynamics pg3518.png|thumb]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;&#039;3&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-3.1&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-5.1&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-414.0&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|YES&lt;br /&gt;
|The system approaches the transition state fast with small oscillations. After passing the transition state the newly formed molecule BC has a higher vibrational frequency.&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Plot3 dynamics pg3518.png|thumb]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;&#039;4&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-5.1&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-10.1&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-357.3&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|NO&lt;br /&gt;
|The C approaches the molecule AB very fast. Newly formed molecule BC has too big momentum and vibrational energy. The BC reacts with A to reform AB with large vibrational energy.&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Plot4 dynamics pg3518.png|thumb]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;&#039;5&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-5.1&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-10.6&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-349.5&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|YES&lt;br /&gt;
|The C reacts with AB to from BC with the vibrational energy so big that the system passes the diagonal axis and form AB. C collides with AB. However, this time the oscillations do not cause the system to pass the &#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;AB&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;=&#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;BC &amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;axis. Therefore, the BC is formed.&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Plot5 dynamics pg3518.png|thumb]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
The calculations above show that the hypothesis: &amp;quot;All trajectories starting with the same positions but with higher values of momenta (higher kinetic energy) are reactive, as they have enough kinetic energy to overcome the activation barrier.&amp;quot; is incorrect. The condition of having higher kinetic energy than the activation barrier to be reactive is a necessary condition, not a sufficient one.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Transition state theory ====&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;Given the results you have obtained, how will Transition State Theory predictions for reaction rate values compare with experimental values?&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Transition State Theory predicts rates of the reactions assuming the following:&lt;br /&gt;
* the potential energy surface is divided between reactants and products by line orthogonal to MEP at the transition state.&lt;br /&gt;
* all trajectories with kinetic energy along the reaction coordinate greater than the activation energy will be reactive&lt;br /&gt;
This approximation is very useful for the reactions at low temperatures (kinetic conditions) as only some of the molecules have efficient energy to overcome the activation barrier. As shown in the table above in example 4, sufficient kinetic energy to pass the activation barrier is not the only condition. At high temperatures, the molecules with high energy can react to form products, which then can react again to produce reactants. Furthermore, the Transition State Theory does not account for orientation and molecular geometry, which both are important factors determining the reaction rate. Therefore, we would expect the experimental reaction rates to be lower than estimated ones.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Exercise 2: F-H-H system ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== PES inspection ===&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;By inspecting the potential energy surfaces, classify the F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and H + HF reactions according to their energetics (endothermic or exothermic). How does this relate to the bond strength of the chemical species involved?&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The reactants (atom F and molecule H-H) are much higher at the potential energy surface than products (F-H, H). This difference suggests the reaction (H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; + F → HF + H) is exothermic, releasing approximately 125.6 KJ/mol. The backward reaction (HF + H → H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; + F) is endothermic. The FH bond is much stronger than the bond in the H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule.&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Surface Plot FHH pg3518.png|centre|thumb|The potential energy surface plot shows the difference between the energy of products and reactants.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;Locate the approximate position of the transition state&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
According to Hammond&#039;s postulate, the transition state resembles the state, which is closer in energy. This means that the transition state will be more similar to the reactants (F, and H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;). In the reaction, the activation barrier is very small and the transition state is not obvious. In these calculations&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;,&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; the distance AB is referring to the distance between H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and the BC is the distance between H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and F. The transition state was found to lie at &#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;AB&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;= 74.487 pm, &#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;BC&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;= 181.11 pm. &lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Surface Plot FHH TS pg3518.png|centre|thumb|The transition state is shown as a red cross. ]]&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;Report the activation energy for both reactions.&#039;&#039; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This was done by slightly displacing the system from the transition state and calculating MEP.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== &#039;&#039;&#039;The&#039;&#039;&#039; &#039;&#039;&#039;H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; + F → HF + H reaction&#039;&#039;&#039; ====&lt;br /&gt;
This is an exothermic reaction. Therefore, the activation energy was expected to be smaller than the reverse reaction. To calculate the activation energy of this reaction, the system was moved to the direction of the reactants (in the direction of the backward reaction). The activation energy was found to be 0.7 KJ/mol.  &lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Energyplot reaction2 pg3518.png|centre|thumb|The total energy shows only a small dip in energy when moving from TS to H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; + F.]] &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== &#039;&#039;&#039;The&#039;&#039;&#039; &#039;&#039;&#039;HF + H → H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; + F reaction&#039;&#039;&#039; ====&lt;br /&gt;
This is an endothermic reaction. Therefore, the activation energy was expected to be larger than in the previous reaction. The activation energy was found to be 126 KJ/mol. &lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Energyplot reaction1 pg3518.png|centre|thumb|The total energy shows a large dip in energy when moving from TS to FH + H.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Reaction dynamics ===&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Pg3518</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=File:Energyplot_reaction1_pg3518.png&amp;diff=801009</id>
		<title>File:Energyplot reaction1 pg3518.png</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=File:Energyplot_reaction1_pg3518.png&amp;diff=801009"/>
		<updated>2020-05-08T19:47:09Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Pg3518: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Pg3518</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=File:Energyplot_reaction2_pg3518.png&amp;diff=800996</id>
		<title>File:Energyplot reaction2 pg3518.png</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=File:Energyplot_reaction2_pg3518.png&amp;diff=800996"/>
		<updated>2020-05-08T19:38:00Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Pg3518: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Pg3518</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=File:Surface_Plot_FHH_pg3518.png&amp;diff=800970</id>
		<title>File:Surface Plot FHH pg3518.png</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=File:Surface_Plot_FHH_pg3518.png&amp;diff=800970"/>
		<updated>2020-05-08T19:18:17Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Pg3518: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Pg3518</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=File:Surface_Plot_FHH_TS_pg3518.png&amp;diff=800964</id>
		<title>File:Surface Plot FHH TS pg3518.png</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=File:Surface_Plot_FHH_TS_pg3518.png&amp;diff=800964"/>
		<updated>2020-05-08T19:14:51Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Pg3518: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Pg3518</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:pg3518&amp;diff=800946</id>
		<title>MRD:pg3518</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:pg3518&amp;diff=800946"/>
		<updated>2020-05-08T19:09:06Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Pg3518: /* Exercise 2: F-H-H system */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;= Molecular Reaction Dynamics: Applications to Triatomic systems =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Exercise 1: H +H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; system ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== The transition state ===&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:&#039;&#039;&#039;#36c&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;On a potential energy surface diagram, how is the transition state mathematically defined? How can the transition state be identified, and how can it be distinguished from a local minimum of the potential energy surface?&#039;&#039;[[File:Plot TS distances1 pg3518.png|alt=Plot showing Internuclear distances versus Time at transition state, r=90.775 pm. Plot shows to straight parallel lines. |thumb|Plot showing Internuclear distances vs Time at &#039;&#039;&#039;r&#039;&#039;&#039;= 90.775 pm.]]&lt;br /&gt;
The transition state is defined as the point with maximum energy on the minimum energy pathway of the reaction. Thus, the transition state has to be a saddle point. The saddle point is a stationary point, therefore its gradient has to equal zero. But also moving along the two different directions from the saddle point we get a local minimum in one direction and the local maximum in the direction orthogonal to the first. This means the transition state can be distinguished from the local minimum of the potential energy surface by identifying that it is also a local maximum in one of the directions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Dynamics from the transition state region ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Trajectories from r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;: locating the transition state ====&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;Report your best estimate of the transition state position (&#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;) and explain your reasoning illustrating it with a “Internuclear Distances vs Time” plot for a relevant trajectory.&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The products are identical to the reactants in the reaction of H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;. The Hammond&#039;s postulate suggests the transition state resembles the products and the reactants equally. This means that the potential energy surface is symmetrical along &#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;AB&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;=&#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;BC &amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;and the transition state lies at the local minimum of this axis. Shifting along &#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;AB&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;=&#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;BC&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039; will result in vibrations, which results in sinusoidal curves instead of perfectly straight lines. The position of the transition state was then adjusted by looking at forces acting along AB and BC directions. The transition state is a stationary point. Thus, the forces should be 0 at the point. The position of the transition state for this reaction was found to be &#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;=90.775 ± 3 pm.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Calculating the reaction path ====&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;Comment on how the mep and the trajectory you just calculated differ.&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Once the transition state was identified the minimum energy path can be calculated by slightly displacing the system (&#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;AB&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;=&#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;+1 pm, &#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;BC&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;=&#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;) with zero momentum (&#039;&#039;&#039;p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;AB&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;=&#039;&#039;&#039;p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;BC&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;=0 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;). The calculation type was changed from dynamic to MEP (minimum energy path), which resets the moments to zero after each step. This ensures that the system does not gain kinetic energy and does not oscillate as a consequence.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Plot MEP distances1 pg3518.png|thumb|MEP Internuclear distances vs Time plot|300x300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Plot MEP contour1 pg3518.png|thumb|MEP Contour plot|left]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Plot dynamic distances1 pg3518.png|thumb|Dynamic Ineternuclear distances vs Time plot]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Plot dynamic contour1 pg3518.png|left|thumb|Dynamic Contour plot]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|+ The position and momentum at the 1500&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;th&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; step (10 steps/fs)&lt;br /&gt;
!&lt;br /&gt;
!Dynamic&lt;br /&gt;
!MEP&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;AB&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039; / pm&lt;br /&gt;
|1113&lt;br /&gt;
|232&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;BC&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; &#039;&#039;&#039;/ pm&lt;br /&gt;
|76&lt;br /&gt;
|74&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;&#039;p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;AB&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039; mol·fs / g·pm&lt;br /&gt;
|5.1&lt;br /&gt;
|0&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;&#039;p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;BC&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; &#039;&#039;&#039;mol·fs / g·pm&lt;br /&gt;
|2.7&lt;br /&gt;
|0&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
When  (&#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;AB&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;=&#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;, &#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;BC&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;=&#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts &amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;+1 pm) are used as initial values for calculation of the reaction path, the result is a reflection trough mirror axis &#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;AB&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;=&#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;BC&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039; of the previously calculated reaction path. This is a result of the symmetric potential energy surface. When the final position from the table above was used as the initial position in the calculation and the signs of the momentum were reversed, we can see exactly the same trajectory where the system stops at the transition state.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Reactive and unreactive trajectories ===&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;Complete the table by adding the total energy, whether the trajectory is reactive or unreactive, and provide a plot of the trajectory and a small description for what happens along the trajectory. What can you conclude from the table?&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|+ The calculated trajectories from the initial position &#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;AB&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= 74 pm and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;BC&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= 200 pm&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
!&lt;br /&gt;
!p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;AB&#039;&#039;&#039; &#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;mol·fs / g·pm&lt;br /&gt;
!p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;BC&#039;&#039;&#039; &#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;mol·fs / g·pm&lt;br /&gt;
!E&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;tot&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
!Reactive?&lt;br /&gt;
!Description of the dynamics&lt;br /&gt;
!Illustration of the trajectory&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;&#039;1&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-2.56&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-5.1&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-414.3&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|YES&lt;br /&gt;
|The molecule AB and the atom C approach each other directly with enough momentum to overcome the activation barrier and form the new molecule BC.&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Plot1 dynamics contour pg3518.png|thumb]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;&#039;2&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-3.1&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-4.1&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-420.1&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|NO&lt;br /&gt;
|The C approaches AB directly. The system does not have enough momentum to overcome the activation barrier.  &lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Plot2 dynamics pg3518.png|thumb]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;&#039;3&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-3.1&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-5.1&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-414.0&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|YES&lt;br /&gt;
|The system approaches the transition state fast with small oscillations. After passing the transition state the newly formed molecule BC has a higher vibrational frequency.&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Plot3 dynamics pg3518.png|thumb]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;&#039;4&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-5.1&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-10.1&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-357.3&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|NO&lt;br /&gt;
|The C approaches the molecule AB very fast. Newly formed molecule BC has too big momentum and vibrational energy. The BC reacts with A to reform AB with large vibrational energy.&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Plot4 dynamics pg3518.png|thumb]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;&#039;5&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-5.1&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-10.6&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-349.5&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|YES&lt;br /&gt;
|The C reacts with AB to from BC with the vibrational energy so big that the system passes the diagonal axis and form AB. C collides with AB. However, this time the oscillations do not cause the system to pass the &#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;AB&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;=&#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;BC &amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;axis. Therefore, the BC is formed.&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Plot5 dynamics pg3518.png|thumb]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
The calculations above show that the hypothesis: &amp;quot;All trajectories starting with the same positions but with higher values of momenta (higher kinetic energy) are reactive, as they have enough kinetic energy to overcome the activation barrier.&amp;quot; is incorrect. The condition of having higher kinetic energy than the activation barrier to be reactive is a necessary condition, not a sufficient one.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Transition state theory ====&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;Given the results you have obtained, how will Transition State Theory predictions for reaction rate values compare with experimental values?&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Transition State Theory predicts rates of the reactions assuming the following:&lt;br /&gt;
* the potential energy surface is divided between reactants and products by line orthogonal to MEP at the transition state.&lt;br /&gt;
* all trajectories with kinetic energy along the reaction coordinate greater than the activation energy will be reactive&lt;br /&gt;
This approximation is very useful for the reactions at low temperatures (kinetic conditions) as only some of the molecules have efficient energy to overcome the activation barrier. As shown in the table above in example 4, sufficient kinetic energy to pass the activation barrier is not the only condition. At high temperatures, the molecules with high energy can react to form products, which then can react again to produce reactants. Furthermore, the Transition State Theory does not account for orientation and molecular geometry, which both are important factors determining the reaction rate. Therefore, we would expect the experimental reaction rates to be lower than estimated ones.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Exercise 2: F-H-H system ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== PES inspection ===&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;By inspecting the potential energy surfaces, classify the F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and H + HF reactions according to their energetics (endothermic or exothermic). How does this relate to the bond strength of the chemical species involved?&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The reactants (atom F and molecule H-H) are much higher at the potential energy surface than products (F-H, H). This difference suggests the reaction (H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; + F → HF + H) is exothermic, releasing approximately 125.6 KJ/mol. The backward reaction (HF + H → H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; + F) is endothermic. The FH bond is much stronger than the bond in the H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;Locate the approximate position of the transition state&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
According to Hammond&#039;s postulate, the transition state resembles the state, which is closer in energy. This means that the transition state will be more similar to the reactants (F, and H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;). In the reaction, the activation barrier is very small and the transition state is not obvious. In these calculations&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;,&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; the distance AB is referring to the distance between H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and the BC is the distance between H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and F. The transition state was found to lie at &#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;AB&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;= 74.487 pm, &#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;BC&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;= 181.11 pm &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
ts 74.49, 181&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Pg3518</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:pg3518&amp;diff=799469</id>
		<title>MRD:pg3518</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:pg3518&amp;diff=799469"/>
		<updated>2020-05-07T13:34:55Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Pg3518: /* PES inspection */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;= Molecular Reaction Dynamics: Applications to Triatomic systems =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Exercise 1: H +H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; system ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== The transition state ===&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:&#039;&#039;&#039;#36c&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;On a potential energy surface diagram, how is the transition state mathematically defined? How can the transition state be identified, and how can it be distinguished from a local minimum of the potential energy surface?&#039;&#039;[[File:Plot TS distances1 pg3518.png|alt=Plot showing Internuclear distances versus Time at transition state, r=90.775 pm. Plot shows to straight parallel lines. |thumb|Plot showing Internuclear distances vs Time at &#039;&#039;&#039;r&#039;&#039;&#039;= 90.775 pm.]]&lt;br /&gt;
The transition state is defined as the point with maximum energy on the minimum energy pathway of the reaction. Thus, the transition state has to be a saddle point. The saddle point is a stationary point, therefore its gradient has to equal zero. But also moving along the two different directions from the saddle point we get a local minimum in one direction and the local maximum in the direction orthogonal to the first. This means the transition state can be distinguished from the local minimum of the potential energy surface by identifying that it is also a local maximum in one of the directions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Dynamics from the transition state region ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Trajectories from r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;: locating the transition state ====&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;Report your best estimate of the transition state position (&#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;) and explain your reasoning illustrating it with a “Internuclear Distances vs Time” plot for a relevant trajectory.&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The products are identical to the reactants in the reaction of H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;. The Hammond&#039;s postulate suggests the transition state resembles the products and the reactants equally. This means that the potential energy surface is symmetrical along &#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;AB&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;=&#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;BC &amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;and the transition state lies at the local minimum of this axis. Shifting along &#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;AB&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;=&#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;BC&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039; will result in vibrations, which results in sinusoidal curves instead of perfectly straight lines. The position of the transition state was then adjusted by looking at forces acting along AB and BC directions. The transition state is a stationary point. Thus, the forces should be 0 at the point. The position of the transition state for this reaction was found to be &#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;=90.775 ± 3 pm.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Calculating the reaction path ====&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;Comment on how the mep and the trajectory you just calculated differ.&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Once the transition state was identified the minimum energy path can be calculated by slightly displacing the system (&#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;AB&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;=&#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;+1 pm, &#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;BC&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;=&#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;) with zero momentum (&#039;&#039;&#039;p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;AB&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;=&#039;&#039;&#039;p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;BC&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;=0 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;). The calculation type was changed from dynamic to MEP (minimum energy path), which resets the moments to zero after each step. This ensures that the system does not gain kinetic energy and does not oscillate as a consequence.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Plot MEP distances1 pg3518.png|thumb|MEP Internuclear distances vs Time plot|300x300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Plot MEP contour1 pg3518.png|thumb|MEP Contour plot|left]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Plot dynamic distances1 pg3518.png|thumb|Dynamic Ineternuclear distances vs Time plot]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Plot dynamic contour1 pg3518.png|left|thumb|Dynamic Contour plot]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|+ The position and momentum at the 1500&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;th&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; step (10 steps/fs)&lt;br /&gt;
!&lt;br /&gt;
!Dynamic&lt;br /&gt;
!MEP&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;AB&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039; / pm&lt;br /&gt;
|1113&lt;br /&gt;
|232&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;BC&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; &#039;&#039;&#039;/ pm&lt;br /&gt;
|76&lt;br /&gt;
|74&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;&#039;p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;AB&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039; mol·fs / g·pm&lt;br /&gt;
|5.1&lt;br /&gt;
|0&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;&#039;p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;BC&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; &#039;&#039;&#039;mol·fs / g·pm&lt;br /&gt;
|2.7&lt;br /&gt;
|0&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
When  (&#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;AB&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;=&#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;, &#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;BC&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;=&#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts &amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;+1 pm) are used as initial values for calculation of the reaction path, the result is a reflection trough mirror axis &#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;AB&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;=&#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;BC&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039; of the previously calculated reaction path. This is a result of the symmetric potential energy surface. When the final position from the table above was used as the initial position in the calculation and the signs of the momentum were reversed, we can see exactly the same trajectory where the system stops at the transition state.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Reactive and unreactive trajectories ===&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;Complete the table by adding the total energy, whether the trajectory is reactive or unreactive, and provide a plot of the trajectory and a small description for what happens along the trajectory. What can you conclude from the table?&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|+ The calculated trajectories from the initial position &#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;AB&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= 74 pm and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;BC&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= 200 pm&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
!&lt;br /&gt;
!p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;AB&#039;&#039;&#039; &#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;mol·fs / g·pm&lt;br /&gt;
!p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;BC&#039;&#039;&#039; &#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;mol·fs / g·pm&lt;br /&gt;
!E&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;tot&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
!Reactive?&lt;br /&gt;
!Description of the dynamics&lt;br /&gt;
!Illustration of the trajectory&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;&#039;1&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-2.56&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-5.1&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-414.3&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|YES&lt;br /&gt;
|The molecule AB and the atom C approach each other directly with enough momentum to overcome the activation barrier and form the new molecule BC.&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Plot1 dynamics contour pg3518.png|thumb]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;&#039;2&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-3.1&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-4.1&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-420.1&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|NO&lt;br /&gt;
|The C approaches AB directly. The system does not have enough momentum to overcome the activation barrier.  &lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Plot2 dynamics pg3518.png|thumb]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;&#039;3&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-3.1&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-5.1&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-414.0&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|YES&lt;br /&gt;
|The system approaches the transition state fast with small oscillations. After passing the transition state the newly formed molecule BC has a higher vibrational frequency.&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Plot3 dynamics pg3518.png|thumb]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;&#039;4&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-5.1&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-10.1&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-357.3&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|NO&lt;br /&gt;
|The C approaches the molecule AB very fast. Newly formed molecule BC has too big momentum and vibrational energy. The BC reacts with A to reform AB with large vibrational energy.&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Plot4 dynamics pg3518.png|thumb]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;&#039;5&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-5.1&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-10.6&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-349.5&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|YES&lt;br /&gt;
|The C reacts with AB to from BC with the vibrational energy so big that the system passes the diagonal axis and form AB. C collides with AB. However, this time the oscillations do not cause the system to pass the &#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;AB&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;=&#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;BC &amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;axis. Therefore, the BC is formed.&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Plot5 dynamics pg3518.png|thumb]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
The calculations above show that the hypothesis: &amp;quot;All trajectories starting with the same positions but with higher values of momenta (higher kinetic energy) are reactive, as they have enough kinetic energy to overcome the activation barrier.&amp;quot; is incorrect. The condition of having higher kinetic energy than the activation barrier to be reactive is a necessary condition, not a sufficient one.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Transition state theory ====&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;Given the results you have obtained, how will Transition State Theory predictions for reaction rate values compare with experimental values?&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Transition State Theory predicts rates of the reactions assuming the following:&lt;br /&gt;
* the potential energy surface is divided between reactants and products by line orthogonal to MEP at the transition state.&lt;br /&gt;
* all trajectories with kinetic energy along the reaction coordinate greater than the activation energy will be reactive&lt;br /&gt;
This approximation is very useful for the reactions at low temperatures (kinetic conditions) as only some of the molecules have efficient energy to overcome the activation barrier. As shown in the table above in example 4, sufficient kinetic energy to pass the activation barrier is not the only condition. At high temperatures, the molecules with high energy can react to form products, which then can react again to produce reactants. Furthermore, the Transition State Theory does not account for orientation and molecular geometry, which both are important factors determining the reaction rate. Therefore, we would expect the experimental reaction rates to be lower than estimated ones.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Exercise 2: F-H-H system ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== PES inspection ===&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;By inspecting the potential energy surfaces, classify the F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and H + HF reactions according to their energetics (endothermic or exothermic). How does this relate to the bond strength of the chemical species involved?&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The reactants (atom F and molecule H-H) are much higher at the potential energy surface than products (F-H, H). This difference suggests the reaction is exothermic and the backward reaction is exothermic. The bond between F and H is much stronger than the bond in the H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;By inspecting the potential energy surfaces, classify the F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and H + HF reactions according to their energetics (endothermic or exothermic). How does this relate to the bond strength of the chemical species involved?&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
According to Hammond&#039;s postulate, the transition state resembles the state, which is closer in energy. This means that the transition state will be similar to the reactants (F, and H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;). In the reaction, the activation barrier is very small and the transition state is not obvious. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
ts 74.49, 181&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Pg3518</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:pg3518&amp;diff=799437</id>
		<title>MRD:pg3518</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:pg3518&amp;diff=799437"/>
		<updated>2020-05-07T13:02:28Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Pg3518: /* Exercise 2: F-H-H system */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;= Molecular Reaction Dynamics: Applications to Triatomic systems =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Exercise 1: H +H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; system ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== The transition state ===&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:&#039;&#039;&#039;#36c&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;On a potential energy surface diagram, how is the transition state mathematically defined? How can the transition state be identified, and how can it be distinguished from a local minimum of the potential energy surface?&#039;&#039;[[File:Plot TS distances1 pg3518.png|alt=Plot showing Internuclear distances versus Time at transition state, r=90.775 pm. Plot shows to straight parallel lines. |thumb|Plot showing Internuclear distances vs Time at &#039;&#039;&#039;r&#039;&#039;&#039;= 90.775 pm.]]&lt;br /&gt;
The transition state is defined as the point with maximum energy on the minimum energy pathway of the reaction. Thus, the transition state has to be a saddle point. The saddle point is a stationary point, therefore its gradient has to equal zero. But also moving along the two different directions from the saddle point we get a local minimum in one direction and the local maximum in the direction orthogonal to the first. This means the transition state can be distinguished from the local minimum of the potential energy surface by identifying that it is also a local maximum in one of the directions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Dynamics from the transition state region ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Trajectories from r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;: locating the transition state ====&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;Report your best estimate of the transition state position (&#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;) and explain your reasoning illustrating it with a “Internuclear Distances vs Time” plot for a relevant trajectory.&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The products are identical to the reactants in the reaction of H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;. The Hammond&#039;s postulate suggests the transition state resembles the products and the reactants equally. This means that the potential energy surface is symmetrical along &#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;AB&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;=&#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;BC &amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;and the transition state lies at the local minimum of this axis. Shifting along &#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;AB&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;=&#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;BC&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039; will result in vibrations, which results in sinusoidal curves instead of perfectly straight lines. The position of the transition state was then adjusted by looking at forces acting along AB and BC directions. The transition state is a stationary point. Thus, the forces should be 0 at the point. The position of the transition state for this reaction was found to be &#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;=90.775 ± 3 pm.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Calculating the reaction path ====&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;Comment on how the mep and the trajectory you just calculated differ.&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Once the transition state was identified the minimum energy path can be calculated by slightly displacing the system (&#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;AB&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;=&#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;+1 pm, &#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;BC&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;=&#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;) with zero momentum (&#039;&#039;&#039;p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;AB&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;=&#039;&#039;&#039;p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;BC&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;=0 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;). The calculation type was changed from dynamic to MEP (minimum energy path), which resets the moments to zero after each step. This ensures that the system does not gain kinetic energy and does not oscillate as a consequence.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Plot MEP distances1 pg3518.png|thumb|MEP Internuclear distances vs Time plot|300x300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Plot MEP contour1 pg3518.png|thumb|MEP Contour plot|left]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Plot dynamic distances1 pg3518.png|thumb|Dynamic Ineternuclear distances vs Time plot]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Plot dynamic contour1 pg3518.png|left|thumb|Dynamic Contour plot]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|+ The position and momentum at the 1500&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;th&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; step (10 steps/fs)&lt;br /&gt;
!&lt;br /&gt;
!Dynamic&lt;br /&gt;
!MEP&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;AB&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039; / pm&lt;br /&gt;
|1113&lt;br /&gt;
|232&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;BC&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; &#039;&#039;&#039;/ pm&lt;br /&gt;
|76&lt;br /&gt;
|74&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;&#039;p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;AB&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039; mol·fs / g·pm&lt;br /&gt;
|5.1&lt;br /&gt;
|0&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;&#039;p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;BC&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; &#039;&#039;&#039;mol·fs / g·pm&lt;br /&gt;
|2.7&lt;br /&gt;
|0&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
When  (&#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;AB&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;=&#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;, &#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;BC&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;=&#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts &amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;+1 pm) are used as initial values for calculation of the reaction path, the result is a reflection trough mirror axis &#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;AB&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;=&#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;BC&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039; of the previously calculated reaction path. This is a result of the symmetric potential energy surface. When the final position from the table above was used as the initial position in the calculation and the signs of the momentum were reversed, we can see exactly the same trajectory where the system stops at the transition state.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Reactive and unreactive trajectories ===&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;Complete the table by adding the total energy, whether the trajectory is reactive or unreactive, and provide a plot of the trajectory and a small description for what happens along the trajectory. What can you conclude from the table?&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|+ The calculated trajectories from the initial position &#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;AB&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= 74 pm and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;BC&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= 200 pm&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
!&lt;br /&gt;
!p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;AB&#039;&#039;&#039; &#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;mol·fs / g·pm&lt;br /&gt;
!p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;BC&#039;&#039;&#039; &#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;mol·fs / g·pm&lt;br /&gt;
!E&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;tot&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
!Reactive?&lt;br /&gt;
!Description of the dynamics&lt;br /&gt;
!Illustration of the trajectory&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;&#039;1&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-2.56&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-5.1&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-414.3&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|YES&lt;br /&gt;
|The molecule AB and the atom C approach each other directly with enough momentum to overcome the activation barrier and form the new molecule BC.&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Plot1 dynamics contour pg3518.png|thumb]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;&#039;2&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-3.1&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-4.1&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-420.1&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|NO&lt;br /&gt;
|The C approaches AB directly. The system does not have enough momentum to overcome the activation barrier.  &lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Plot2 dynamics pg3518.png|thumb]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;&#039;3&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-3.1&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-5.1&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-414.0&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|YES&lt;br /&gt;
|The system approaches the transition state fast with small oscillations. After passing the transition state the newly formed molecule BC has a higher vibrational frequency.&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Plot3 dynamics pg3518.png|thumb]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;&#039;4&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-5.1&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-10.1&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-357.3&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|NO&lt;br /&gt;
|The C approaches the molecule AB very fast. Newly formed molecule BC has too big momentum and vibrational energy. The BC reacts with A to reform AB with large vibrational energy.&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Plot4 dynamics pg3518.png|thumb]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;&#039;5&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-5.1&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-10.6&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-349.5&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|YES&lt;br /&gt;
|The C reacts with AB to from BC with the vibrational energy so big that the system passes the diagonal axis and form AB. C collides with AB. However, this time the oscillations do not cause the system to pass the &#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;AB&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;=&#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;BC &amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;axis. Therefore, the BC is formed.&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Plot5 dynamics pg3518.png|thumb]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
The calculations above show that the hypothesis: &amp;quot;All trajectories starting with the same positions but with higher values of momenta (higher kinetic energy) are reactive, as they have enough kinetic energy to overcome the activation barrier.&amp;quot; is incorrect. The condition of having higher kinetic energy than the activation barrier to be reactive is a necessary condition, not a sufficient one.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Transition state theory ====&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;Given the results you have obtained, how will Transition State Theory predictions for reaction rate values compare with experimental values?&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Transition State Theory predicts rates of the reactions assuming the following:&lt;br /&gt;
* the potential energy surface is divided between reactants and products by line orthogonal to MEP at the transition state.&lt;br /&gt;
* all trajectories with kinetic energy along the reaction coordinate greater than the activation energy will be reactive&lt;br /&gt;
This approximation is very useful for the reactions at low temperatures (kinetic conditions) as only some of the molecules have efficient energy to overcome the activation barrier. As shown in the table above in example 4, sufficient kinetic energy to pass the activation barrier is not the only condition. At high temperatures, the molecules with high energy can react to form products, which then can react again to produce reactants. Furthermore, the Transition State Theory does not account for orientation and molecular geometry, which both are important factors determining the reaction rate. Therefore, we would expect the experimental reaction rates to be lower than estimated ones.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Exercise 2: F-H-H system ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== PES inspection ===&lt;br /&gt;
ts 74.49, 181&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Pg3518</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:pg3518&amp;diff=799391</id>
		<title>MRD:pg3518</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:pg3518&amp;diff=799391"/>
		<updated>2020-05-07T12:34:48Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Pg3518: /* Transition state theory */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;= Molecular Reaction Dynamics: Applications to Triatomic systems =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Exercise 1: H +H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; system ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== The transition state ===&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:&#039;&#039;&#039;#36c&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;On a potential energy surface diagram, how is the transition state mathematically defined? How can the transition state be identified, and how can it be distinguished from a local minimum of the potential energy surface?&#039;&#039;[[File:Plot TS distances1 pg3518.png|alt=Plot showing Internuclear distances versus Time at transition state, r=90.775 pm. Plot shows to straight parallel lines. |thumb|Plot showing Internuclear distances vs Time at &#039;&#039;&#039;r&#039;&#039;&#039;= 90.775 pm.]]&lt;br /&gt;
The transition state is defined as the point with maximum energy on the minimum energy pathway of the reaction. Thus, the transition state has to be a saddle point. The saddle point is a stationary point, therefore its gradient has to equal zero. But also moving along the two different directions from the saddle point we get a local minimum in one direction and the local maximum in the direction orthogonal to the first. This means the transition state can be distinguished from the local minimum of the potential energy surface by identifying that it is also a local maximum in one of the directions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Dynamics from the transition state region ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Trajectories from r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;: locating the transition state ====&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;Report your best estimate of the transition state position (&#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;) and explain your reasoning illustrating it with a “Internuclear Distances vs Time” plot for a relevant trajectory.&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The products are identical to the reactants in the reaction of H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;. The Hammond&#039;s postulate suggests the transition state resembles the products and the reactants equally. This means that the potential energy surface is symmetrical along &#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;AB&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;=&#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;BC &amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;and the transition state lies at the local minimum of this axis. Shifting along &#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;AB&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;=&#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;BC&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039; will result in vibrations, which results in sinusoidal curves instead of perfectly straight lines. The position of the transition state was then adjusted by looking at forces acting along AB and BC directions. The transition state is a stationary point. Thus, the forces should be 0 at the point. The position of the transition state for this reaction was found to be &#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;=90.775 ± 3 pm.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Calculating the reaction path ====&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;Comment on how the mep and the trajectory you just calculated differ.&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Once the transition state was identified the minimum energy path can be calculated by slightly displacing the system (&#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;AB&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;=&#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;+1 pm, &#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;BC&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;=&#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;) with zero momentum (&#039;&#039;&#039;p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;AB&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;=&#039;&#039;&#039;p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;BC&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;=0 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;). The calculation type was changed from dynamic to MEP (minimum energy path), which resets the moments to zero after each step. This ensures that the system does not gain kinetic energy and does not oscillate as a consequence.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Plot MEP distances1 pg3518.png|thumb|MEP Internuclear distances vs Time plot|300x300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Plot MEP contour1 pg3518.png|thumb|MEP Contour plot|left]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Plot dynamic distances1 pg3518.png|thumb|Dynamic Ineternuclear distances vs Time plot]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Plot dynamic contour1 pg3518.png|left|thumb|Dynamic Contour plot]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|+ The position and momentum at the 1500&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;th&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; step (10 steps/fs)&lt;br /&gt;
!&lt;br /&gt;
!Dynamic&lt;br /&gt;
!MEP&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;AB&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039; / pm&lt;br /&gt;
|1113&lt;br /&gt;
|232&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;BC&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; &#039;&#039;&#039;/ pm&lt;br /&gt;
|76&lt;br /&gt;
|74&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;&#039;p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;AB&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039; mol·fs / g·pm&lt;br /&gt;
|5.1&lt;br /&gt;
|0&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;&#039;p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;BC&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; &#039;&#039;&#039;mol·fs / g·pm&lt;br /&gt;
|2.7&lt;br /&gt;
|0&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
When  (&#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;AB&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;=&#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;, &#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;BC&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;=&#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts &amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;+1 pm) are used as initial values for calculation of the reaction path, the result is a reflection trough mirror axis &#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;AB&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;=&#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;BC&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039; of the previously calculated reaction path. This is a result of the symmetric potential energy surface. When the final position from the table above was used as the initial position in the calculation and the signs of the momentum were reversed, we can see exactly the same trajectory where the system stops at the transition state.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Reactive and unreactive trajectories ===&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;Complete the table by adding the total energy, whether the trajectory is reactive or unreactive, and provide a plot of the trajectory and a small description for what happens along the trajectory. What can you conclude from the table?&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|+ The calculated trajectories from the initial position &#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;AB&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= 74 pm and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;BC&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= 200 pm&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
!&lt;br /&gt;
!p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;AB&#039;&#039;&#039; &#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;mol·fs / g·pm&lt;br /&gt;
!p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;BC&#039;&#039;&#039; &#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;mol·fs / g·pm&lt;br /&gt;
!E&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;tot&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
!Reactive?&lt;br /&gt;
!Description of the dynamics&lt;br /&gt;
!Illustration of the trajectory&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;&#039;1&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-2.56&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-5.1&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-414.3&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|YES&lt;br /&gt;
|The molecule AB and the atom C approach each other directly with enough momentum to overcome the activation barrier and form the new molecule BC.&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Plot1 dynamics contour pg3518.png|thumb]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;&#039;2&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-3.1&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-4.1&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-420.1&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|NO&lt;br /&gt;
|The C approaches AB directly. The system does not have enough momentum to overcome the activation barrier.  &lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Plot2 dynamics pg3518.png|thumb]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;&#039;3&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-3.1&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-5.1&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-414.0&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|YES&lt;br /&gt;
|The system approaches the transition state fast with small oscillations. After passing the transition state the newly formed molecule BC has a higher vibrational frequency.&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Plot3 dynamics pg3518.png|thumb]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;&#039;4&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-5.1&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-10.1&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-357.3&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|NO&lt;br /&gt;
|The C approaches the molecule AB very fast. Newly formed molecule BC has too big momentum and vibrational energy. The BC reacts with A to reform AB with large vibrational energy.&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Plot4 dynamics pg3518.png|thumb]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;&#039;5&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-5.1&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-10.6&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-349.5&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|YES&lt;br /&gt;
|The C reacts with AB to from BC with the vibrational energy so big that the system passes the diagonal axis and form AB. C collides with AB. However, this time the oscillations do not cause the system to pass the &#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;AB&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;=&#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;BC &amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;axis. Therefore, the BC is formed.&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Plot5 dynamics pg3518.png|thumb]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
The calculations above show that the hypothesis: &amp;quot;All trajectories starting with the same positions but with higher values of momenta (higher kinetic energy) are reactive, as they have enough kinetic energy to overcome the activation barrier.&amp;quot; is incorrect. The condition of having higher kinetic energy than the activation barrier to be reactive is a necessary condition, not a sufficient one.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Transition state theory ====&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;Given the results you have obtained, how will Transition State Theory predictions for reaction rate values compare with experimental values?&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Transition State Theory predicts rates of the reactions assuming the following:&lt;br /&gt;
* the potential energy surface is divided between reactants and products by line orthogonal to MEP at the transition state.&lt;br /&gt;
* all trajectories with kinetic energy along the reaction coordinate greater than the activation energy will be reactive&lt;br /&gt;
This approximation is very useful for the reactions at low temperatures (kinetic conditions) as only some of the molecules have efficient energy to overcome the activation barrier. As shown in the table above in example 4, sufficient kinetic energy to pass the activation barrier is not the only condition. At high temperatures, the molecules with high energy can react to form products, which then can react again to produce reactants. Furthermore, the Transition State Theory does not account for orientation and molecular geometry, which both are important factors determining the reaction rate. Therefore, we would expect the experimental reaction rates to be lower than estimated ones.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Exercise 2: F-H-H system ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== PES inspection ===&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Pg3518</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:pg3518&amp;diff=799390</id>
		<title>MRD:pg3518</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:pg3518&amp;diff=799390"/>
		<updated>2020-05-07T12:32:28Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Pg3518: /* Transition state theory */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;= Molecular Reaction Dynamics: Applications to Triatomic systems =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Exercise 1: H +H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; system ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== The transition state ===&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:&#039;&#039;&#039;#36c&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;On a potential energy surface diagram, how is the transition state mathematically defined? How can the transition state be identified, and how can it be distinguished from a local minimum of the potential energy surface?&#039;&#039;[[File:Plot TS distances1 pg3518.png|alt=Plot showing Internuclear distances versus Time at transition state, r=90.775 pm. Plot shows to straight parallel lines. |thumb|Plot showing Internuclear distances vs Time at &#039;&#039;&#039;r&#039;&#039;&#039;= 90.775 pm.]]&lt;br /&gt;
The transition state is defined as the point with maximum energy on the minimum energy pathway of the reaction. Thus, the transition state has to be a saddle point. The saddle point is a stationary point, therefore its gradient has to equal zero. But also moving along the two different directions from the saddle point we get a local minimum in one direction and the local maximum in the direction orthogonal to the first. This means the transition state can be distinguished from the local minimum of the potential energy surface by identifying that it is also a local maximum in one of the directions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Dynamics from the transition state region ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Trajectories from r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;: locating the transition state ====&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;Report your best estimate of the transition state position (&#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;) and explain your reasoning illustrating it with a “Internuclear Distances vs Time” plot for a relevant trajectory.&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The products are identical to the reactants in the reaction of H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;. The Hammond&#039;s postulate suggests the transition state resembles the products and the reactants equally. This means that the potential energy surface is symmetrical along &#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;AB&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;=&#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;BC &amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;and the transition state lies at the local minimum of this axis. Shifting along &#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;AB&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;=&#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;BC&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039; will result in vibrations, which results in sinusoidal curves instead of perfectly straight lines. The position of the transition state was then adjusted by looking at forces acting along AB and BC directions. The transition state is a stationary point. Thus, the forces should be 0 at the point. The position of the transition state for this reaction was found to be &#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;=90.775 ± 3 pm.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Calculating the reaction path ====&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;Comment on how the mep and the trajectory you just calculated differ.&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Once the transition state was identified the minimum energy path can be calculated by slightly displacing the system (&#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;AB&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;=&#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;+1 pm, &#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;BC&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;=&#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;) with zero momentum (&#039;&#039;&#039;p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;AB&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;=&#039;&#039;&#039;p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;BC&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;=0 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;). The calculation type was changed from dynamic to MEP (minimum energy path), which resets the moments to zero after each step. This ensures that the system does not gain kinetic energy and does not oscillate as a consequence.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Plot MEP distances1 pg3518.png|thumb|MEP Internuclear distances vs Time plot|300x300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Plot MEP contour1 pg3518.png|thumb|MEP Contour plot|left]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Plot dynamic distances1 pg3518.png|thumb|Dynamic Ineternuclear distances vs Time plot]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Plot dynamic contour1 pg3518.png|left|thumb|Dynamic Contour plot]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|+ The position and momentum at the 1500&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;th&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; step (10 steps/fs)&lt;br /&gt;
!&lt;br /&gt;
!Dynamic&lt;br /&gt;
!MEP&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;AB&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039; / pm&lt;br /&gt;
|1113&lt;br /&gt;
|232&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;BC&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; &#039;&#039;&#039;/ pm&lt;br /&gt;
|76&lt;br /&gt;
|74&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;&#039;p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;AB&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039; mol·fs / g·pm&lt;br /&gt;
|5.1&lt;br /&gt;
|0&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;&#039;p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;BC&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; &#039;&#039;&#039;mol·fs / g·pm&lt;br /&gt;
|2.7&lt;br /&gt;
|0&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
When  (&#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;AB&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;=&#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;, &#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;BC&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;=&#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts &amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;+1 pm) are used as initial values for calculation of the reaction path, the result is a reflection trough mirror axis &#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;AB&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;=&#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;BC&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039; of the previously calculated reaction path. This is a result of the symmetric potential energy surface. When the final position from the table above was used as the initial position in the calculation and the signs of the momentum were reversed, we can see exactly the same trajectory where the system stops at the transition state.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Reactive and unreactive trajectories ===&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;Complete the table by adding the total energy, whether the trajectory is reactive or unreactive, and provide a plot of the trajectory and a small description for what happens along the trajectory. What can you conclude from the table?&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|+ The calculated trajectories from the initial position &#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;AB&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= 74 pm and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;BC&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= 200 pm&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
!&lt;br /&gt;
!p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;AB&#039;&#039;&#039; &#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;mol·fs / g·pm&lt;br /&gt;
!p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;BC&#039;&#039;&#039; &#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;mol·fs / g·pm&lt;br /&gt;
!E&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;tot&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
!Reactive?&lt;br /&gt;
!Description of the dynamics&lt;br /&gt;
!Illustration of the trajectory&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;&#039;1&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-2.56&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-5.1&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-414.3&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|YES&lt;br /&gt;
|The molecule AB and the atom C approach each other directly with enough momentum to overcome the activation barrier and form the new molecule BC.&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Plot1 dynamics contour pg3518.png|thumb]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;&#039;2&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-3.1&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-4.1&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-420.1&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|NO&lt;br /&gt;
|The C approaches AB directly. The system does not have enough momentum to overcome the activation barrier.  &lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Plot2 dynamics pg3518.png|thumb]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;&#039;3&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-3.1&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-5.1&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-414.0&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|YES&lt;br /&gt;
|The system approaches the transition state fast with small oscillations. After passing the transition state the newly formed molecule BC has a higher vibrational frequency.&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Plot3 dynamics pg3518.png|thumb]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;&#039;4&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-5.1&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-10.1&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-357.3&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|NO&lt;br /&gt;
|The C approaches the molecule AB very fast. Newly formed molecule BC has too big momentum and vibrational energy. The BC reacts with A to reform AB with large vibrational energy.&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Plot4 dynamics pg3518.png|thumb]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;&#039;5&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-5.1&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-10.6&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-349.5&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|YES&lt;br /&gt;
|The C reacts with AB to from BC with the vibrational energy so big that the system passes the diagonal axis and form AB. C collides with AB. However, this time the oscillations do not cause the system to pass the &#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;AB&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;=&#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;BC &amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;axis. Therefore, the BC is formed.&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Plot5 dynamics pg3518.png|thumb]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
The calculations above show that the hypothesis: &amp;quot;All trajectories starting with the same positions but with higher values of momenta (higher kinetic energy) are reactive, as they have enough kinetic energy to overcome the activation barrier.&amp;quot; is incorrect. The condition of having higher kinetic energy than the activation barrier to be reactive is a necessary condition, not a sufficient one.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Transition state theory ===&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;Given the results you have obtained, how will Transition State Theory predictions for reaction rate values compare with experimental values?&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Transition State Theory predicts rates of the reactions assuming the following:&lt;br /&gt;
* the potential energy surface is divided between reactants and products by line orthogonal to MEP at the transition state.&lt;br /&gt;
* all trajectories with kinetic energy along the reaction coordinate greater than the activation energy will be reactive&lt;br /&gt;
This approximation is very useful for the reactions at low temperatures (kinetic conditions) as only some of the molecules have efficient energy to overcome the activation barrier. As shown in the table above in example 4, sufficient kinetic energy to pass the activation barrier is not the only condition. At high temperatures, the molecules with high energy can react to form products, which then can react again to produce reactants. Furthermore, the Transition State Theory does not account for orientation and molecular geometry, which both are important factors determining the reaction rate. Therefore, we would expect the experimental reaction rates to be lower than estimated ones.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Exercise 2: F-H-H system ==&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Pg3518</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:pg3518&amp;diff=799386</id>
		<title>MRD:pg3518</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:pg3518&amp;diff=799386"/>
		<updated>2020-05-07T12:24:34Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Pg3518: /* Transition state theory */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;= Molecular Reaction Dynamics: Applications to Triatomic systems =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Exercise 1: H +H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; system ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== The transition state ====&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:&#039;&#039;&#039;#36c&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;On a potential energy surface diagram, how is the transition state mathematically defined? How can the transition state be identified, and how can it be distinguished from a local minimum of the potential energy surface?&#039;&#039;[[File:Plot TS distances1 pg3518.png|alt=Plot showing Internuclear distances versus Time at transition state, r=90.775 pm. Plot shows to straight parallel lines. |thumb|Plot showing Internuclear distances vs Time at &#039;&#039;&#039;r&#039;&#039;&#039;= 90.775 pm.]]&lt;br /&gt;
The transition state is defined as the point with maximum energy on the minimum energy pathway of the reaction. Thus, the transition state has to be a saddle point. The saddle point is a stationary point, therefore its gradient has to equal zero. But also moving along the two different directions from the saddle point we get a local minimum in one direction and the local maximum in the direction orthogonal to the first. This means the transition state can be distinguished from the local minimum of the potential energy surface by identifying that it is also a local maximum in one of the directions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;Report your best estimate of the transition state position (&#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;) and explain your reasoning illustrating it with a “Internuclear Distances vs Time” plot for a relevant trajectory.&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The products are identical to the reactants in the reaction of H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;. The Hammond&#039;s postulate suggests the transition state resembles the products and the reactants equally. This means that the potential energy surface is symmetrical along &#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;AB&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;=&#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;BC &amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;and the transition state lies at the local minimum of this axis. Shifting along &#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;AB&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;=&#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;BC&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039; will result in vibrations, which results in sinusoidal curves instead of perfectly straight lines. The position of the transition state was then adjusted by looking at forces acting along AB and BC directions. The transition state is a stationary point. Thus, the forces should be 0 at the point. The position of the transition state for this reaction was found to be &#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;=90.775 ± 3 pm.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Calculating the reaction path ====&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;Comment on how the mep and the trajectory you just calculated differ.&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Once the transition state was identified the minimum energy path can be calculated by slightly displacing the system (&#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;AB&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;=&#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;+1 pm, &#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;BC&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;=&#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;) with zero momentum (&#039;&#039;&#039;p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;AB&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;=&#039;&#039;&#039;p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;BC&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;=0 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;). The calculation type was changed from dynamic to MEP (minimum energy path), which resets the moments to zero after each step. This ensures that the system does not gain kinetic energy and does not oscillate as a consequence.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Plot MEP distances1 pg3518.png|thumb|MEP Internuclear distances vs Time plot|300x300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Plot MEP contour1 pg3518.png|thumb|MEP Contour plot|left]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Plot dynamic distances1 pg3518.png|thumb|Dynamic Ineternuclear distances vs Time plot]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Plot dynamic contour1 pg3518.png|left|thumb|Dynamic Contour plot]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|+ The position and momentum at the 1500&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;th&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; step (10 steps/fs)&lt;br /&gt;
!&lt;br /&gt;
!Dynamic&lt;br /&gt;
!MEP&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;AB&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039; / pm&lt;br /&gt;
|1113&lt;br /&gt;
|232&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;BC&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; &#039;&#039;&#039;/ pm&lt;br /&gt;
|76&lt;br /&gt;
|74&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;&#039;p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;AB&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039; mol·fs / g·pm&lt;br /&gt;
|5.1&lt;br /&gt;
|0&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;&#039;p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;BC&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; &#039;&#039;&#039;mol·fs / g·pm&lt;br /&gt;
|2.7&lt;br /&gt;
|0&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
When  (&#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;AB&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;=&#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;, &#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;BC&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;=&#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts &amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;+1 pm) are used as initial values for calculation of the reaction path, the result is a reflection trough mirror axis &#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;AB&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;=&#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;BC&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039; of the previously calculated reaction path. This is a result of the symmetric potential energy surface. When the final position from the table above was used as the initial position in the calculation and the signs of the momentum were reversed, we can see exactly the same trajectory where the system stops at the transition state.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Reactive and unreactive trajectories ====&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;Complete the table by adding the total energy, whether the trajectory is reactive or unreactive, and provide a plot of the trajectory and a small description for what happens along the trajectory. What can you conclude from the table?&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|+ The calculated trajectories from the initial position &#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;AB&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= 74 pm and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;BC&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= 200 pm&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
!&lt;br /&gt;
!p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;AB&#039;&#039;&#039; &#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;mol·fs / g·pm&lt;br /&gt;
!p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;BC&#039;&#039;&#039; &#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;mol·fs / g·pm&lt;br /&gt;
!E&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;tot&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
!Reactive?&lt;br /&gt;
!Description of the dynamics&lt;br /&gt;
!Illustration of the trajectory&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;&#039;1&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-2.56&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-5.1&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-414.3&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|YES&lt;br /&gt;
|The molecule AB and the atom C approach each other directly with enough momentum to overcome the activation barrier and form the new molecule BC.&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Plot1 dynamics contour pg3518.png|thumb]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;&#039;2&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-3.1&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-4.1&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-420.1&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|NO&lt;br /&gt;
|The C approaches AB directly. The system does not have enough momentum to overcome the activation barrier.  &lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Plot2 dynamics pg3518.png|thumb]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;&#039;3&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-3.1&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-5.1&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-414.0&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|YES&lt;br /&gt;
|The system approaches the transition state fast with small oscillations. After passing the transition state the newly formed molecule BC has a higher vibrational frequency.&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Plot3 dynamics pg3518.png|thumb]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;&#039;4&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-5.1&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-10.1&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-357.3&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|NO&lt;br /&gt;
|The C approaches the molecule AB very fast. Newly formed molecule BC has too big momentum and vibrational energy. The BC reacts with A to reform AB with large vibrational energy.&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Plot4 dynamics pg3518.png|thumb]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;&#039;5&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-5.1&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-10.6&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-349.5&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|YES&lt;br /&gt;
|The C reacts with AB to from BC with the vibrational energy so big that the system passes the diagonal axis and form AB. C collides with AB. However, this time the oscillations do not cause the system to pass the &#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;AB&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;=&#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;BC &amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;axis. Therefore, the BC is formed.&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Plot5 dynamics pg3518.png|thumb]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
The calculations above show that the hypothesis: &amp;quot;All trajectories starting with the same positions but with higher values of momenta (higher kinetic energy) are reactive, as they have enough kinetic energy to overcome the activation barrier.&amp;quot; is incorrect. The condition of having higher kinetic energy than the activation barrier to be reactive is a necessary condition, not a sufficient one.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Transition state theory ====&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;Given the results you have obtained, how will Transition State Theory predictions for reaction rate values compare with experimental values?&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Transition State Theory predicts rates of the reactions assuming the following:&lt;br /&gt;
* the potential energy surface is divided between reactants and products by line orthogonal to MEP at the transition state.&lt;br /&gt;
* all trajectories with kinetic energy along the reaction coordinate greater than the activation energy will be reactive&lt;br /&gt;
This approximation is very useful for the reactions at low temperatures (kinetic conditions) as only some of the molecules have efficient energy to overcome the activation barrier. As shown in the table above in example 4, sufficient kinetic energy to pass the activation barrier is not the only condition. At high temperatures, the molecules with high energy can react to form products, which then can react again to produce reactants. Furthermore, the Transition State Theory does not account for orientation and molecular geometry, which both are important factors determining the reaction rate. Therefore, we would expect the experimental reaction rates to be lower than estimated ones.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Pg3518</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:pg3518&amp;diff=799345</id>
		<title>MRD:pg3518</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:pg3518&amp;diff=799345"/>
		<updated>2020-05-07T11:54:51Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Pg3518: /* Exercise 1: H +H2 system */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;= Molecular Reaction Dynamics: Applications to Triatomic systems =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Exercise 1: H +H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; system ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== The transition state ====&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:&#039;&#039;&#039;#36c&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;On a potential energy surface diagram, how is the transition state mathematically defined? How can the transition state be identified, and how can it be distinguished from a local minimum of the potential energy surface?&#039;&#039;[[File:Plot TS distances1 pg3518.png|alt=Plot showing Internuclear distances versus Time at transition state, r=90.775 pm. Plot shows to straight parallel lines. |thumb|Plot showing Internuclear distances vs Time at &#039;&#039;&#039;r&#039;&#039;&#039;= 90.775 pm.]]&lt;br /&gt;
The transition state is defined as the point with maximum energy on the minimum energy pathway of the reaction. Thus, the transition state has to be a saddle point. The saddle point is a stationary point, therefore its gradient has to equal zero. But also moving along the two different directions from the saddle point we get a local minimum in one direction and the local maximum in the direction orthogonal to the first. This means the transition state can be distinguished from the local minimum of the potential energy surface by identifying that it is also a local maximum in one of the directions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;Report your best estimate of the transition state position (&#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;) and explain your reasoning illustrating it with a “Internuclear Distances vs Time” plot for a relevant trajectory.&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The products are identical to the reactants in the reaction of H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;. The Hammond&#039;s postulate suggests the transition state resembles the products and the reactants equally. This means that the potential energy surface is symmetrical along &#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;AB&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;=&#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;BC &amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;and the transition state lies at the local minimum of this axis. Shifting along &#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;AB&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;=&#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;BC&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039; will result in vibrations, which results in sinusoidal curves instead of perfectly straight lines. The position of the transition state was then adjusted by looking at forces acting along AB and BC directions. The transition state is a stationary point. Thus, the forces should be 0 at the point. The position of the transition state for this reaction was found to be &#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;=90.775 ± 3 pm.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Calculating the reaction path ====&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;Comment on how the mep and the trajectory you just calculated differ.&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Once the transition state was identified the minimum energy path can be calculated by slightly displacing the system (&#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;AB&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;=&#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;+1 pm, &#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;BC&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;=&#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;) with zero momentum (&#039;&#039;&#039;p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;AB&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;=&#039;&#039;&#039;p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;BC&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;=0 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;). The calculation type was changed from dynamic to MEP (minimum energy path), which resets the moments to zero after each step. This ensures that the system does not gain kinetic energy and does not oscillate as a consequence.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Plot MEP distances1 pg3518.png|thumb|MEP Internuclear distances vs Time plot|300x300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Plot MEP contour1 pg3518.png|thumb|MEP Contour plot|left]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Plot dynamic distances1 pg3518.png|thumb|Dynamic Ineternuclear distances vs Time plot]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Plot dynamic contour1 pg3518.png|left|thumb|Dynamic Contour plot]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|+ The position and momentum at the 1500&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;th&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; step (10 steps/fs)&lt;br /&gt;
!&lt;br /&gt;
!Dynamic&lt;br /&gt;
!MEP&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;AB&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039; / pm&lt;br /&gt;
|1113&lt;br /&gt;
|232&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;BC&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; &#039;&#039;&#039;/ pm&lt;br /&gt;
|76&lt;br /&gt;
|74&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;&#039;p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;AB&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039; mol·fs / g·pm&lt;br /&gt;
|5.1&lt;br /&gt;
|0&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;&#039;p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;BC&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; &#039;&#039;&#039;mol·fs / g·pm&lt;br /&gt;
|2.7&lt;br /&gt;
|0&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
When  (&#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;AB&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;=&#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;, &#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;BC&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;=&#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts &amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;+1 pm) are used as initial values for calculation of the reaction path, the result is a reflection trough mirror axis &#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;AB&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;=&#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;BC&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039; of the previously calculated reaction path. This is a result of the symmetric potential energy surface. When the final position from the table above was used as the initial position in the calculation and the signs of the momentum were reversed, we can see exactly the same trajectory where the system stops at the transition state.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Reactive and unreactive trajectories ====&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;Complete the table by adding the total energy, whether the trajectory is reactive or unreactive, and provide a plot of the trajectory and a small description for what happens along the trajectory. What can you conclude from the table?&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|+ The calculated trajectories from the initial position &#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;AB&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= 74 pm and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;BC&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= 200 pm&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
!&lt;br /&gt;
!p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;AB&#039;&#039;&#039; &#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;mol·fs / g·pm&lt;br /&gt;
!p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;BC&#039;&#039;&#039; &#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;mol·fs / g·pm&lt;br /&gt;
!E&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;tot&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
!Reactive?&lt;br /&gt;
!Description of the dynamics&lt;br /&gt;
!Illustration of the trajectory&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;&#039;1&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-2.56&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-5.1&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-414.3&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|YES&lt;br /&gt;
|The molecule AB and the atom C approach each other directly with enough momentum to overcome the activation barrier and form the new molecule BC.&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Plot1 dynamics contour pg3518.png|thumb]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;&#039;2&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-3.1&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-4.1&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-420.1&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|NO&lt;br /&gt;
|The C approaches AB directly. The system does not have enough momentum to overcome the activation barrier.  &lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Plot2 dynamics pg3518.png|thumb]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;&#039;3&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-3.1&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-5.1&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-414.0&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|YES&lt;br /&gt;
|The system approaches the transition state fast with small oscillations. After passing the transition state the new formed molecule BC has a higher vibrational frequency.&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Plot3 dynamics pg3518.png|thumb]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;&#039;4&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-5.1&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-10.1&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-357.3&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|NO&lt;br /&gt;
|The C approaches the molecule AB very fast. Newly formed molecule BC has too big momentum and vibrational energy. The BC reacts with A to reform AB with large vibrational energy.&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Plot4 dynamics pg3518.png|thumb]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;&#039;5&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-5.1&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-10.6&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-349.5&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|YES&lt;br /&gt;
|The C reacts with AB to from BC with the vibrational energy so big that the system passes the diagonal axis and form AB. C collides with AB. However, this time the oscillations do not cause the system to pass the &#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;AB&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;=&#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;BC &amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;axis. Therefore, the BC is formed.&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Plot5 dynamics pg3518.png|thumb]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
The calculations above show that the hypothesis: &amp;quot;All trajectories starting with the same positions but with higher values of momenta (higher kinetic energy) are reactive, as they have enough kinetic energy to overcome the activation barrier.&amp;quot; is incorrect. The condition of having higher kinetic energy to be reactive is a necessary condition, not a sufficient one.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Transition state theory ====&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;Given the results you have obtained, how will Transition State Theory predictions for reaction rate values compare with experimental values?&#039;&#039;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Pg3518</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:pg3518&amp;diff=799331</id>
		<title>MRD:pg3518</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:pg3518&amp;diff=799331"/>
		<updated>2020-05-07T11:49:06Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Pg3518: /* The transition state */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;= Molecular Reaction Dynamics: Applications to Triatomic systems =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Exercise 1: H +H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; system ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== The transition state ====&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:&#039;&#039;&#039;#36c&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039; &amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#FF0000&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;On a potential energy surface diagram, how is the transition state mathematically defined? How can the transition state be identified, and how can it be distinguished from a local minimum of the potential energy surface? &amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#000080&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#FF0000&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#FF0000&amp;quot;&amp;gt;This text will be red&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#000080&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;[[File:Plot TS distances1 pg3518.png|alt=Plot showing Internuclear distances versus Time at transition state, r=90.775 pm. Plot shows to straight parallel lines. |thumb|Plot showing Internuclear distances vs Time at &#039;&#039;&#039;r&#039;&#039;&#039;= 90.775 pm.]]&lt;br /&gt;
The transition state is defined as the point with maximum energy on the minimum energy pathway of the reaction. Thus, the transition state has to be a saddle point. The saddle point is a stationary point, therefore its gradient has to equal zero. But also moving along the two different directions from the saddle point we get a local minimum in one direction and the local maximum in the direction orthogonal to the first. This means the transition state can be distinguished from the local minimum of the potential energy surface by identifying that it is also a local maximum in one of the directions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The products are identical to the reactants in the reaction of H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;. The Hammond&#039;s postulate suggests the transition state resembles the products and the reactants equally. This means that the potential energy surface is symmetrical along &#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;AB&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;=&#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;BC &amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;and the transition state lies at the local minimum of this axis. Shifting along &#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;AB&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;=&#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;BC&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039; will result in vibrations, which results in sinusoidal curves instead of perfectly straight lines. The position of the transition state was then adjusted by looking at forces acting along AB and BC directions. The transition state is a stationary point. Thus, the forces should be 0 at the point. The position of the transition state for this reaction was found to be &#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;=90.775 ± 3 pm.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Calculating the reaction path ====&lt;br /&gt;
Once the transition state was identified the minimum energy path can be calculated by slightly displacing the system (&#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;AB&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;=&#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;+1 pm, &#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;BC&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;=&#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;) with zero momentum (&#039;&#039;&#039;p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;AB&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;=&#039;&#039;&#039;p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;BC&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;=0 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;). The calculation type was changed from dynamic to MEP (minimum energy path), which resets the moments to zero after each step. This ensures that the system does not gain kinetic energy and does not oscillate as a consequence.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Plot MEP distances1 pg3518.png|thumb|MEP Internuclear distances vs Time plot|300x300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Plot MEP contour1 pg3518.png|thumb|MEP Contour plot|left]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Plot dynamic distances1 pg3518.png|thumb|Dynamic Ineternuclear distances vs Time plot]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Plot dynamic contour1 pg3518.png|left|thumb|Dynamic Contour plot]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|+ The position and momentum at the 1500&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;th&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; step (10 steps/fs)&lt;br /&gt;
!&lt;br /&gt;
!Dynamic&lt;br /&gt;
!MEP&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;AB&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039; / pm&lt;br /&gt;
|1113&lt;br /&gt;
|232&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;BC&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; &#039;&#039;&#039;/ pm&lt;br /&gt;
|76&lt;br /&gt;
|74&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;&#039;p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;AB&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039; mol·fs / g·pm&lt;br /&gt;
|5.1&lt;br /&gt;
|0&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;&#039;p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;BC&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; &#039;&#039;&#039;mol·fs / g·pm&lt;br /&gt;
|2.7&lt;br /&gt;
|0&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
When  (&#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;AB&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;=&#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;, &#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;BC&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;=&#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts &amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;+1 pm) are used as initial values for calculation of the reaction path, the result is a reflection trough mirror axis &#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;AB&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;=&#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;BC&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039; of the previously calculated reaction path. This is a result of the symmetric potential energy surface. When the final position from the table above was used as the initial position in the calculation and the signs of the momentum were reversed, we can see exactly the same trajectory where the system stops at the transition state.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Reactive and unreactive trajectories ====&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|+ The calculated trajectories from the initial position &#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;AB&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= 74 pm and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;BC&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= 200 pm&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
!&lt;br /&gt;
!p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;AB&#039;&#039;&#039; &#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;mol·fs / g·pm&lt;br /&gt;
!p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;BC&#039;&#039;&#039; &#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;mol·fs / g·pm&lt;br /&gt;
!E&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;tot&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
!Reactive?&lt;br /&gt;
!Description of the dynamics&lt;br /&gt;
!Illustration of the trajectory&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;&#039;1&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-2.56&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-5.1&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-414.3&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|YES&lt;br /&gt;
|The molecule AB and the atom C approach each other directly with enough momentum to overcome the activation barrier and form the new molecule BC.&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Plot1 dynamics contour pg3518.png|thumb]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;&#039;2&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-3.1&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-4.1&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-420.1&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|NO&lt;br /&gt;
|The C approaches AB directly. The system does not have enough momentum to overcome the activation barrier.  &lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Plot2 dynamics pg3518.png|thumb]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;&#039;3&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-3.1&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-5.1&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-414.0&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|YES&lt;br /&gt;
|The system approaches the transition state fast with small oscillations. After passing the transition state the new formed molecule BC has a higher vibrational frequency.&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Plot3 dynamics pg3518.png|thumb]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;&#039;4&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-5.1&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-10.1&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-357.3&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|NO&lt;br /&gt;
|The C approaches the molecule AB very fast. Newly formed molecule BC has too big momentum and vibrational energy. The BC reacts with A to reform AB with large vibrational energy.&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Plot4 dynamics pg3518.png|thumb]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;&#039;5&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-5.1&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-10.6&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-349.5&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|YES&lt;br /&gt;
|The C reacts with AB to from BC with the vibrational energy so big that the system passes the diagonal axis and form AB. C collides with AB. However, this time the oscillations do not cause the system to pass the &#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;AB&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;=&#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;BC &amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;axis. Therefore, the BC is formed.&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Plot5 dynamics pg3518.png|thumb]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
The calculations above show that the hypothesis: &amp;quot;All trajectories starting with the same positions but with higher values of momenta (higher kinetic energy) are reactive, as they have enough kinetic energy to overcome the activation barrier.&amp;quot; is incorrect. The condition of having higher kinetic energy to be reactive is a necessary condition, not a sufficient one.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Transition state theory ====&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Pg3518</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:pg3518&amp;diff=799329</id>
		<title>MRD:pg3518</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:pg3518&amp;diff=799329"/>
		<updated>2020-05-07T11:47:32Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Pg3518: /* The transition state */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;= Molecular Reaction Dynamics: Applications to Triatomic systems =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Exercise 1: H +H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; system ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== The transition state ====&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:&#039;&#039;&#039;#36c&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039; &amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#FF0000&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;On a potential energy surface diagram, how is the transition state mathematically defined? How can the transition state be identified, and how can it be distinguished from a local minimum of the potential energy surface? &amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;[[File:Plot TS distances1 pg3518.png|alt=Plot showing Internuclear distances versus Time at transition state, r=90.775 pm. Plot shows to straight parallel lines. |thumb|Plot showing Internuclear distances vs Time at &#039;&#039;&#039;r&#039;&#039;&#039;= 90.775 pm.]]&lt;br /&gt;
The transition state is defined as the point with maximum energy on the minimum energy pathway of the reaction. Thus, the transition state has to be a saddle point. The saddle point is a stationary point, therefore its gradient has to equal zero. But also moving along the two different directions from the saddle point we get a local minimum in one direction and the local maximum in the direction orthogonal to the first. This means the transition state can be distinguished from the local minimum of the potential energy surface by identifying that it is also a local maximum in one of the directions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The products are identical to the reactants in the reaction of H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;. The Hammond&#039;s postulate suggests the transition state resembles the products and the reactants equally. This means that the potential energy surface is symmetrical along &#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;AB&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;=&#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;BC &amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;and the transition state lies at the local minimum of this axis. Shifting along &#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;AB&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;=&#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;BC&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039; will result in vibrations, which results in sinusoidal curves instead of perfectly straight lines. The position of the transition state was then adjusted by looking at forces acting along AB and BC directions. The transition state is a stationary point. Thus, the forces should be 0 at the point. The position of the transition state for this reaction was found to be &#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;=90.775 ± 3 pm.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Calculating the reaction path ====&lt;br /&gt;
Once the transition state was identified the minimum energy path can be calculated by slightly displacing the system (&#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;AB&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;=&#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;+1 pm, &#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;BC&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;=&#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;) with zero momentum (&#039;&#039;&#039;p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;AB&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;=&#039;&#039;&#039;p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;BC&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;=0 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;). The calculation type was changed from dynamic to MEP (minimum energy path), which resets the moments to zero after each step. This ensures that the system does not gain kinetic energy and does not oscillate as a consequence.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Plot MEP distances1 pg3518.png|thumb|MEP Internuclear distances vs Time plot|300x300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Plot MEP contour1 pg3518.png|thumb|MEP Contour plot|left]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Plot dynamic distances1 pg3518.png|thumb|Dynamic Ineternuclear distances vs Time plot]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Plot dynamic contour1 pg3518.png|left|thumb|Dynamic Contour plot]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|+ The position and momentum at the 1500&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;th&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; step (10 steps/fs)&lt;br /&gt;
!&lt;br /&gt;
!Dynamic&lt;br /&gt;
!MEP&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;AB&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039; / pm&lt;br /&gt;
|1113&lt;br /&gt;
|232&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;BC&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; &#039;&#039;&#039;/ pm&lt;br /&gt;
|76&lt;br /&gt;
|74&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;&#039;p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;AB&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039; mol·fs / g·pm&lt;br /&gt;
|5.1&lt;br /&gt;
|0&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;&#039;p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;BC&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; &#039;&#039;&#039;mol·fs / g·pm&lt;br /&gt;
|2.7&lt;br /&gt;
|0&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
When  (&#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;AB&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;=&#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;, &#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;BC&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;=&#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts &amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;+1 pm) are used as initial values for calculation of the reaction path, the result is a reflection trough mirror axis &#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;AB&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;=&#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;BC&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039; of the previously calculated reaction path. This is a result of the symmetric potential energy surface. When the final position from the table above was used as the initial position in the calculation and the signs of the momentum were reversed, we can see exactly the same trajectory where the system stops at the transition state.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Reactive and unreactive trajectories ====&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|+ The calculated trajectories from the initial position &#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;AB&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= 74 pm and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;BC&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= 200 pm&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
!&lt;br /&gt;
!p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;AB&#039;&#039;&#039; &#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;mol·fs / g·pm&lt;br /&gt;
!p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;BC&#039;&#039;&#039; &#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;mol·fs / g·pm&lt;br /&gt;
!E&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;tot&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
!Reactive?&lt;br /&gt;
!Description of the dynamics&lt;br /&gt;
!Illustration of the trajectory&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;&#039;1&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-2.56&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-5.1&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-414.3&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|YES&lt;br /&gt;
|The molecule AB and the atom C approach each other directly with enough momentum to overcome the activation barrier and form the new molecule BC.&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Plot1 dynamics contour pg3518.png|thumb]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;&#039;2&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-3.1&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-4.1&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-420.1&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|NO&lt;br /&gt;
|The C approaches AB directly. The system does not have enough momentum to overcome the activation barrier.  &lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Plot2 dynamics pg3518.png|thumb]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;&#039;3&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-3.1&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-5.1&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-414.0&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|YES&lt;br /&gt;
|The system approaches the transition state fast with small oscillations. After passing the transition state the new formed molecule BC has a higher vibrational frequency.&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Plot3 dynamics pg3518.png|thumb]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;&#039;4&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-5.1&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-10.1&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-357.3&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|NO&lt;br /&gt;
|The C approaches the molecule AB very fast. Newly formed molecule BC has too big momentum and vibrational energy. The BC reacts with A to reform AB with large vibrational energy.&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Plot4 dynamics pg3518.png|thumb]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;&#039;5&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-5.1&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-10.6&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-349.5&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|YES&lt;br /&gt;
|The C reacts with AB to from BC with the vibrational energy so big that the system passes the diagonal axis and form AB. C collides with AB. However, this time the oscillations do not cause the system to pass the &#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;AB&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;=&#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;BC &amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;axis. Therefore, the BC is formed.&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Plot5 dynamics pg3518.png|thumb]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
The calculations above show that the hypothesis: &amp;quot;All trajectories starting with the same positions but with higher values of momenta (higher kinetic energy) are reactive, as they have enough kinetic energy to overcome the activation barrier.&amp;quot; is incorrect. The condition of having higher kinetic energy to be reactive is a necessary condition, not a sufficient one.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Transition state theory ====&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Pg3518</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:pg3518&amp;diff=799325</id>
		<title>MRD:pg3518</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:pg3518&amp;diff=799325"/>
		<updated>2020-05-07T11:47:13Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Pg3518: /* The transition state */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;= Molecular Reaction Dynamics: Applications to Triatomic systems =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Exercise 1: H +H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; system ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== The transition state ====&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:&#039;&#039;&#039;#36c&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039; &#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#FF0000&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;On a potential energy surface diagram, how is the transition state mathematically defined? How can the transition state be identified, and how can it be distinguished from a local minimum of the potential energy surface? &#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[File:Plot TS distances1 pg3518.png|alt=Plot showing Internuclear distances versus Time at transition state, r=90.775 pm. Plot shows to straight parallel lines. |thumb|Plot showing Internuclear distances vs Time at &#039;&#039;&#039;r&#039;&#039;&#039;= 90.775 pm.]]&lt;br /&gt;
The transition state is defined as the point with maximum energy on the minimum energy pathway of the reaction. Thus, the transition state has to be a saddle point. The saddle point is a stationary point, therefore its gradient has to equal zero. But also moving along the two different directions from the saddle point we get a local minimum in one direction and the local maximum in the direction orthogonal to the first. This means the transition state can be distinguished from the local minimum of the potential energy surface by identifying that it is also a local maximum in one of the directions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The products are identical to the reactants in the reaction of H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;. The Hammond&#039;s postulate suggests the transition state resembles the products and the reactants equally. This means that the potential energy surface is symmetrical along &#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;AB&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;=&#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;BC &amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;and the transition state lies at the local minimum of this axis. Shifting along &#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;AB&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;=&#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;BC&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039; will result in vibrations, which results in sinusoidal curves instead of perfectly straight lines. The position of the transition state was then adjusted by looking at forces acting along AB and BC directions. The transition state is a stationary point. Thus, the forces should be 0 at the point. The position of the transition state for this reaction was found to be &#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;=90.775 ± 3 pm.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Calculating the reaction path ====&lt;br /&gt;
Once the transition state was identified the minimum energy path can be calculated by slightly displacing the system (&#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;AB&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;=&#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;+1 pm, &#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;BC&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;=&#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;) with zero momentum (&#039;&#039;&#039;p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;AB&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;=&#039;&#039;&#039;p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;BC&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;=0 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;). The calculation type was changed from dynamic to MEP (minimum energy path), which resets the moments to zero after each step. This ensures that the system does not gain kinetic energy and does not oscillate as a consequence.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Plot MEP distances1 pg3518.png|thumb|MEP Internuclear distances vs Time plot|300x300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Plot MEP contour1 pg3518.png|thumb|MEP Contour plot|left]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Plot dynamic distances1 pg3518.png|thumb|Dynamic Ineternuclear distances vs Time plot]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Plot dynamic contour1 pg3518.png|left|thumb|Dynamic Contour plot]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|+ The position and momentum at the 1500&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;th&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; step (10 steps/fs)&lt;br /&gt;
!&lt;br /&gt;
!Dynamic&lt;br /&gt;
!MEP&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;AB&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039; / pm&lt;br /&gt;
|1113&lt;br /&gt;
|232&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;BC&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; &#039;&#039;&#039;/ pm&lt;br /&gt;
|76&lt;br /&gt;
|74&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;&#039;p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;AB&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039; mol·fs / g·pm&lt;br /&gt;
|5.1&lt;br /&gt;
|0&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;&#039;p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;BC&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; &#039;&#039;&#039;mol·fs / g·pm&lt;br /&gt;
|2.7&lt;br /&gt;
|0&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
When  (&#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;AB&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;=&#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;, &#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;BC&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;=&#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts &amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;+1 pm) are used as initial values for calculation of the reaction path, the result is a reflection trough mirror axis &#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;AB&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;=&#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;BC&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039; of the previously calculated reaction path. This is a result of the symmetric potential energy surface. When the final position from the table above was used as the initial position in the calculation and the signs of the momentum were reversed, we can see exactly the same trajectory where the system stops at the transition state.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Reactive and unreactive trajectories ====&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|+ The calculated trajectories from the initial position &#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;AB&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= 74 pm and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;BC&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= 200 pm&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
!&lt;br /&gt;
!p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;AB&#039;&#039;&#039; &#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;mol·fs / g·pm&lt;br /&gt;
!p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;BC&#039;&#039;&#039; &#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;mol·fs / g·pm&lt;br /&gt;
!E&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;tot&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
!Reactive?&lt;br /&gt;
!Description of the dynamics&lt;br /&gt;
!Illustration of the trajectory&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;&#039;1&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-2.56&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-5.1&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-414.3&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|YES&lt;br /&gt;
|The molecule AB and the atom C approach each other directly with enough momentum to overcome the activation barrier and form the new molecule BC.&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Plot1 dynamics contour pg3518.png|thumb]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;&#039;2&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-3.1&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-4.1&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-420.1&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|NO&lt;br /&gt;
|The C approaches AB directly. The system does not have enough momentum to overcome the activation barrier.  &lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Plot2 dynamics pg3518.png|thumb]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;&#039;3&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-3.1&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-5.1&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-414.0&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|YES&lt;br /&gt;
|The system approaches the transition state fast with small oscillations. After passing the transition state the new formed molecule BC has a higher vibrational frequency.&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Plot3 dynamics pg3518.png|thumb]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;&#039;4&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-5.1&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-10.1&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-357.3&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|NO&lt;br /&gt;
|The C approaches the molecule AB very fast. Newly formed molecule BC has too big momentum and vibrational energy. The BC reacts with A to reform AB with large vibrational energy.&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Plot4 dynamics pg3518.png|thumb]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;&#039;5&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-5.1&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-10.6&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-349.5&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|YES&lt;br /&gt;
|The C reacts with AB to from BC with the vibrational energy so big that the system passes the diagonal axis and form AB. C collides with AB. However, this time the oscillations do not cause the system to pass the &#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;AB&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;=&#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;BC &amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;axis. Therefore, the BC is formed.&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Plot5 dynamics pg3518.png|thumb]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
The calculations above show that the hypothesis: &amp;quot;All trajectories starting with the same positions but with higher values of momenta (higher kinetic energy) are reactive, as they have enough kinetic energy to overcome the activation barrier.&amp;quot; is incorrect. The condition of having higher kinetic energy to be reactive is a necessary condition, not a sufficient one.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Transition state theory ====&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Pg3518</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:pg3518&amp;diff=799322</id>
		<title>MRD:pg3518</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:pg3518&amp;diff=799322"/>
		<updated>2020-05-07T11:46:26Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Pg3518: /* The transition state */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;= Molecular Reaction Dynamics: Applications to Triatomic systems =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Exercise 1: H +H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; system ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== The transition state ====&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:&#039;&#039;&#039;#36c&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039; On a potential energy surface diagram, how is the transition state mathematically defined? How can the transition state be identified, and how can it be distinguished from a local minimum of the potential energy surface? &#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[File:Plot TS distances1 pg3518.png|alt=Plot showing Internuclear distances versus Time at transition state, r=90.775 pm. Plot shows to straight parallel lines. |thumb|Plot showing Internuclear distances vs Time at &#039;&#039;&#039;r&#039;&#039;&#039;= 90.775 pm.]]&lt;br /&gt;
The transition state is defined as the point with maximum energy on the minimum energy pathway of the reaction. Thus, the transition state has to be a saddle point. The saddle point is a stationary point, therefore its gradient has to equal zero. But also moving along the two different directions from the saddle point we get a local minimum in one direction and the local maximum in the direction orthogonal to the first. This means the transition state can be distinguished from the local minimum of the potential energy surface by identifying that it is also a local maximum in one of the directions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The products are identical to the reactants in the reaction of H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;. The Hammond&#039;s postulate suggests the transition state resembles the products and the reactants equally. This means that the potential energy surface is symmetrical along &#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;AB&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;=&#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;BC &amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;and the transition state lies at the local minimum of this axis. Shifting along &#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;AB&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;=&#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;BC&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039; will result in vibrations, which results in sinusoidal curves instead of perfectly straight lines. The position of the transition state was then adjusted by looking at forces acting along AB and BC directions. The transition state is a stationary point. Thus, the forces should be 0 at the point. The position of the transition state for this reaction was found to be &#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;=90.775 ± 3 pm.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Calculating the reaction path ====&lt;br /&gt;
Once the transition state was identified the minimum energy path can be calculated by slightly displacing the system (&#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;AB&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;=&#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;+1 pm, &#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;BC&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;=&#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;) with zero momentum (&#039;&#039;&#039;p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;AB&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;=&#039;&#039;&#039;p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;BC&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;=0 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;). The calculation type was changed from dynamic to MEP (minimum energy path), which resets the moments to zero after each step. This ensures that the system does not gain kinetic energy and does not oscillate as a consequence.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Plot MEP distances1 pg3518.png|thumb|MEP Internuclear distances vs Time plot|300x300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Plot MEP contour1 pg3518.png|thumb|MEP Contour plot|left]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Plot dynamic distances1 pg3518.png|thumb|Dynamic Ineternuclear distances vs Time plot]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Plot dynamic contour1 pg3518.png|left|thumb|Dynamic Contour plot]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|+ The position and momentum at the 1500&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;th&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; step (10 steps/fs)&lt;br /&gt;
!&lt;br /&gt;
!Dynamic&lt;br /&gt;
!MEP&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;AB&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039; / pm&lt;br /&gt;
|1113&lt;br /&gt;
|232&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;BC&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; &#039;&#039;&#039;/ pm&lt;br /&gt;
|76&lt;br /&gt;
|74&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;&#039;p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;AB&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039; mol·fs / g·pm&lt;br /&gt;
|5.1&lt;br /&gt;
|0&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;&#039;p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;BC&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; &#039;&#039;&#039;mol·fs / g·pm&lt;br /&gt;
|2.7&lt;br /&gt;
|0&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
When  (&#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;AB&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;=&#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;, &#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;BC&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;=&#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts &amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;+1 pm) are used as initial values for calculation of the reaction path, the result is a reflection trough mirror axis &#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;AB&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;=&#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;BC&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039; of the previously calculated reaction path. This is a result of the symmetric potential energy surface. When the final position from the table above was used as the initial position in the calculation and the signs of the momentum were reversed, we can see exactly the same trajectory where the system stops at the transition state.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Reactive and unreactive trajectories ====&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|+ The calculated trajectories from the initial position &#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;AB&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= 74 pm and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;BC&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= 200 pm&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
!&lt;br /&gt;
!p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;AB&#039;&#039;&#039; &#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;mol·fs / g·pm&lt;br /&gt;
!p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;BC&#039;&#039;&#039; &#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;mol·fs / g·pm&lt;br /&gt;
!E&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;tot&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
!Reactive?&lt;br /&gt;
!Description of the dynamics&lt;br /&gt;
!Illustration of the trajectory&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;&#039;1&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-2.56&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-5.1&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-414.3&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|YES&lt;br /&gt;
|The molecule AB and the atom C approach each other directly with enough momentum to overcome the activation barrier and form the new molecule BC.&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Plot1 dynamics contour pg3518.png|thumb]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;&#039;2&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-3.1&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-4.1&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-420.1&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|NO&lt;br /&gt;
|The C approaches AB directly. The system does not have enough momentum to overcome the activation barrier.  &lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Plot2 dynamics pg3518.png|thumb]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;&#039;3&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-3.1&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-5.1&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-414.0&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|YES&lt;br /&gt;
|The system approaches the transition state fast with small oscillations. After passing the transition state the new formed molecule BC has a higher vibrational frequency.&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Plot3 dynamics pg3518.png|thumb]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;&#039;4&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-5.1&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-10.1&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-357.3&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|NO&lt;br /&gt;
|The C approaches the molecule AB very fast. Newly formed molecule BC has too big momentum and vibrational energy. The BC reacts with A to reform AB with large vibrational energy.&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Plot4 dynamics pg3518.png|thumb]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;&#039;5&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-5.1&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-10.6&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-349.5&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|YES&lt;br /&gt;
|The C reacts with AB to from BC with the vibrational energy so big that the system passes the diagonal axis and form AB. C collides with AB. However, this time the oscillations do not cause the system to pass the &#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;AB&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;=&#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;BC &amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;axis. Therefore, the BC is formed.&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Plot5 dynamics pg3518.png|thumb]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
The calculations above show that the hypothesis: &amp;quot;All trajectories starting with the same positions but with higher values of momenta (higher kinetic energy) are reactive, as they have enough kinetic energy to overcome the activation barrier.&amp;quot; is incorrect. The condition of having higher kinetic energy to be reactive is a necessary condition, not a sufficient one.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Transition state theory ====&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Pg3518</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:pg3518&amp;diff=799312</id>
		<title>MRD:pg3518</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:pg3518&amp;diff=799312"/>
		<updated>2020-05-07T11:43:22Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Pg3518: /* Reactive and unreactive trajectories */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;= Molecular Reaction Dynamics: Applications to Triatomic systems =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Exercise 1: H +H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; system ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== The transition state ====&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Plot TS distances1 pg3518.png|alt=Plot showing Internuclear distances versus Time at transition state, r=90.775 pm. Plot shows to straight parallel lines. |thumb|Plot showing Internuclear distances vs Time at &#039;&#039;&#039;r&#039;&#039;&#039;= 90.775 pm.]]&lt;br /&gt;
The transition state is defined as the point with maximum energy on the minimum energy pathway of the reaction. Thus, the transition state has to be a saddle point. The saddle point is a stationary point, therefore its gradient has to equal zero. But also moving along the two different directions from the saddle point we get a local minimum in one direction and the local maximum in the direction orthogonal to the first. This means the transition state can be distinguished from the local minimum of the potential energy surface by identifying that it is also a local maximum in one of the directions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The products are identical to the reactants in the reaction of H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;. The Hammond&#039;s postulate suggests the transition state resembles the products and the reactants equally. This means that the potential energy surface is symmetrical along &#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;AB&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;=&#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;BC &amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;and the transition state lies at the local minimum of this axis. Shifting along &#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;AB&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;=&#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;BC&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039; will result in vibrations, which results in sinusoidal curves instead of perfectly straight lines. The position of the transition state was then adjusted by looking at forces acting along AB and BC directions. The transition state is a stationary point. Thus, the forces should be 0 at the point. The position of the transition state for this reaction was found to be &#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;=90.775 ± 3 pm.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Calculating the reaction path ====&lt;br /&gt;
Once the transition state was identified the minimum energy path can be calculated by slightly displacing the system (&#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;AB&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;=&#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;+1 pm, &#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;BC&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;=&#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;) with zero momentum (&#039;&#039;&#039;p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;AB&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;=&#039;&#039;&#039;p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;BC&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;=0 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;). The calculation type was changed from dynamic to MEP (minimum energy path), which resets the moments to zero after each step. This ensures that the system does not gain kinetic energy and does not oscillate as a consequence.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Plot MEP distances1 pg3518.png|thumb|MEP Internuclear distances vs Time plot|300x300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Plot MEP contour1 pg3518.png|thumb|MEP Contour plot|left]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Plot dynamic distances1 pg3518.png|thumb|Dynamic Ineternuclear distances vs Time plot]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Plot dynamic contour1 pg3518.png|left|thumb|Dynamic Contour plot]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|+ The position and momentum at the 1500&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;th&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; step (10 steps/fs)&lt;br /&gt;
!&lt;br /&gt;
!Dynamic&lt;br /&gt;
!MEP&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;AB&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039; / pm&lt;br /&gt;
|1113&lt;br /&gt;
|232&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;BC&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; &#039;&#039;&#039;/ pm&lt;br /&gt;
|76&lt;br /&gt;
|74&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;&#039;p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;AB&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039; mol·fs / g·pm&lt;br /&gt;
|5.1&lt;br /&gt;
|0&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;&#039;p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;BC&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; &#039;&#039;&#039;mol·fs / g·pm&lt;br /&gt;
|2.7&lt;br /&gt;
|0&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
When  (&#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;AB&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;=&#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;, &#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;BC&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;=&#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts &amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;+1 pm) are used as initial values for calculation of the reaction path, the result is a reflection trough mirror axis &#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;AB&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;=&#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;BC&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039; of the previously calculated reaction path. This is a result of the symmetric potential energy surface. When the final position from the table above was used as the initial position in the calculation and the signs of the momentum were reversed, we can see exactly the same trajectory where the system stops at the transition state.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Reactive and unreactive trajectories ====&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|+ The calculated trajectories from the initial position &#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;AB&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= 74 pm and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;BC&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= 200 pm&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
!&lt;br /&gt;
!p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;AB&#039;&#039;&#039; &#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;mol·fs / g·pm&lt;br /&gt;
!p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;BC&#039;&#039;&#039; &#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;mol·fs / g·pm&lt;br /&gt;
!E&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;tot&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
!Reactive?&lt;br /&gt;
!Description of the dynamics&lt;br /&gt;
!Illustration of the trajectory&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;&#039;1&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-2.56&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-5.1&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-414.3&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|YES&lt;br /&gt;
|The molecule AB and the atom C approach each other directly with enough momentum to overcome the activation barrier and form the new molecule BC.&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Plot1 dynamics contour pg3518.png|thumb]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;&#039;2&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-3.1&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-4.1&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-420.1&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|NO&lt;br /&gt;
|The C approaches AB directly. The system does not have enough momentum to overcome the activation barrier.  &lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Plot2 dynamics pg3518.png|thumb]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;&#039;3&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-3.1&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-5.1&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-414.0&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|YES&lt;br /&gt;
|The system approaches the transition state fast with small oscillations. After passing the transition state the new formed molecule BC has a higher vibrational frequency.&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Plot3 dynamics pg3518.png|thumb]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;&#039;4&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-5.1&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-10.1&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-357.3&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|NO&lt;br /&gt;
|The C approaches the molecule AB very fast. Newly formed molecule BC has too big momentum and vibrational energy. The BC reacts with A to reform AB with large vibrational energy.&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Plot4 dynamics pg3518.png|thumb]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;&#039;5&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-5.1&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-10.6&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-349.5&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|YES&lt;br /&gt;
|The C reacts with AB to from BC with the vibrational energy so big that the system passes the diagonal axis and form AB. C collides with AB. However, this time the oscillations do not cause the system to pass the &#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;AB&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;=&#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;BC &amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;axis. Therefore, the BC is formed.&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Plot5 dynamics pg3518.png|thumb]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
The calculations above show that the hypothesis: &amp;quot;All trajectories starting with the same positions but with higher values of momenta (higher kinetic energy) are reactive, as they have enough kinetic energy to overcome the activation barrier.&amp;quot; is incorrect. The condition of having higher kinetic energy to be reactive is a necessary condition, not a sufficient one.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Transition state theory ====&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Pg3518</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:pg3518&amp;diff=799308</id>
		<title>MRD:pg3518</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:pg3518&amp;diff=799308"/>
		<updated>2020-05-07T11:40:13Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Pg3518: /* Reactive and unreactive trajectories */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;= Molecular Reaction Dynamics: Applications to Triatomic systems =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Exercise 1: H +H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; system ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== The transition state ====&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Plot TS distances1 pg3518.png|alt=Plot showing Internuclear distances versus Time at transition state, r=90.775 pm. Plot shows to straight parallel lines. |thumb|Plot showing Internuclear distances vs Time at &#039;&#039;&#039;r&#039;&#039;&#039;= 90.775 pm.]]&lt;br /&gt;
The transition state is defined as the point with maximum energy on the minimum energy pathway of the reaction. Thus, the transition state has to be a saddle point. The saddle point is a stationary point, therefore its gradient has to equal zero. But also moving along the two different directions from the saddle point we get a local minimum in one direction and the local maximum in the direction orthogonal to the first. This means the transition state can be distinguished from the local minimum of the potential energy surface by identifying that it is also a local maximum in one of the directions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The products are identical to the reactants in the reaction of H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;. The Hammond&#039;s postulate suggests the transition state resembles the products and the reactants equally. This means that the potential energy surface is symmetrical along &#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;AB&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;=&#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;BC &amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;and the transition state lies at the local minimum of this axis. Shifting along &#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;AB&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;=&#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;BC&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039; will result in vibrations, which results in sinusoidal curves instead of perfectly straight lines. The position of the transition state was then adjusted by looking at forces acting along AB and BC directions. The transition state is a stationary point. Thus, the forces should be 0 at the point. The position of the transition state for this reaction was found to be &#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;=90.775 ± 3 pm.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Calculating the reaction path ====&lt;br /&gt;
Once the transition state was identified the minimum energy path can be calculated by slightly displacing the system (&#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;AB&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;=&#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;+1 pm, &#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;BC&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;=&#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;) with zero momentum (&#039;&#039;&#039;p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;AB&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;=&#039;&#039;&#039;p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;BC&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;=0 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;). The calculation type was changed from dynamic to MEP (minimum energy path), which resets the moments to zero after each step. This ensures that the system does not gain kinetic energy and does not oscillate as a consequence.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Plot MEP distances1 pg3518.png|thumb|MEP Internuclear distances vs Time plot|300x300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Plot MEP contour1 pg3518.png|thumb|MEP Contour plot|left]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Plot dynamic distances1 pg3518.png|thumb|Dynamic Ineternuclear distances vs Time plot]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Plot dynamic contour1 pg3518.png|left|thumb|Dynamic Contour plot]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|+ The position and momentum at the 1500&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;th&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; step (10 steps/fs)&lt;br /&gt;
!&lt;br /&gt;
!Dynamic&lt;br /&gt;
!MEP&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;AB&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039; / pm&lt;br /&gt;
|1113&lt;br /&gt;
|232&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;BC&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; &#039;&#039;&#039;/ pm&lt;br /&gt;
|76&lt;br /&gt;
|74&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;&#039;p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;AB&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039; mol·fs / g·pm&lt;br /&gt;
|5.1&lt;br /&gt;
|0&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;&#039;p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;BC&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; &#039;&#039;&#039;mol·fs / g·pm&lt;br /&gt;
|2.7&lt;br /&gt;
|0&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
When  (&#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;AB&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;=&#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;, &#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;BC&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;=&#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts &amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;+1 pm) are used as initial values for calculation of the reaction path, the result is a reflection trough mirror axis &#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;AB&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;=&#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;BC&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039; of the previously calculated reaction path. This is a result of the symmetric potential energy surface. When the final position from the table above was used as the initial position in the calculation and the signs of the momentum were reversed, we can see exactly the same trajectory where the system stops at the transition state.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Reactive and unreactive trajectories ====&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|+ The calculated trajectories from the initial position &#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;AB&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= 74 pm and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;BC&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= 200 pm&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
!&lt;br /&gt;
!p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;AB&#039;&#039;&#039; &#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;mol·fs / g·pm&lt;br /&gt;
!p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;BC&#039;&#039;&#039; &#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;mol·fs / g·pm&lt;br /&gt;
!E&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;tot&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
!Reactive?&lt;br /&gt;
!Description of the dynamics&lt;br /&gt;
!Illustration of the trajectory&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;&#039;1&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-2.56&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-5.1&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-414.3&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|YES&lt;br /&gt;
|The molecule AB and the atom C approach each other directly with enough momentum to overcome the activation barrier and form the new molecule BC.&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Plot1 dynamics contour pg3518.png|thumb]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;&#039;2&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-3.1&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-4.1&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-420.1&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|NO&lt;br /&gt;
|The C approaches AB directly. The system does not have enough momentum to overcome the activation barrier.  &lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Plot2 dynamics pg3518.png|thumb]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;&#039;3&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-3.1&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-5.1&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-414.0&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|YES&lt;br /&gt;
|The system approaches the transition state fast with small oscillations. After passing the transition state the new formed molecule BC has a higher vibrational frequency.&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Plot3 dynamics pg3518.png|thumb]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;&#039;4&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-5.1&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-10.1&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-357.3&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|NO&lt;br /&gt;
|The C approaches the molecule AB very fast. Newly formed molecule BC has too big momentum and vibrational energy. The BC reacts with A to reform AB with large vibrational energy.&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Plot4 dynamics pg3518.png|thumb]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;&#039;5&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-5.1&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-10.6&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-349.5&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|YES&lt;br /&gt;
|The C reacts with AB to from BC with the vibrational energy so big that the system passes the diagonal axis and form AB. C collides with AB. However, this time the oscillations do not cause the system to pass the &#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;AB&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;=&#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;BC &amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;axis. Therefore, the BC is formed.&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Plot5 dynamics pg3518.png|thumb]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
The calculations above show that the hypothesis: &amp;quot;All trajectories starting with the same positions but with higher values of momenta (higher kinetic energy) are reactive, as they have enough kinetic energy to overcome the activation barrier.&amp;quot; is incorrect. The condition of having higher kinetic energy to be reactive is a necessary condition, not a sufficient one.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Pg3518</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:pg3518&amp;diff=799304</id>
		<title>MRD:pg3518</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:pg3518&amp;diff=799304"/>
		<updated>2020-05-07T11:35:20Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Pg3518: /* Reactive and unreactive trajectories */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;= Molecular Reaction Dynamics: Applications to Triatomic systems =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Exercise 1: H +H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; system ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== The transition state ====&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Plot TS distances1 pg3518.png|alt=Plot showing Internuclear distances versus Time at transition state, r=90.775 pm. Plot shows to straight parallel lines. |thumb|Plot showing Internuclear distances vs Time at &#039;&#039;&#039;r&#039;&#039;&#039;= 90.775 pm.]]&lt;br /&gt;
The transition state is defined as the point with maximum energy on the minimum energy pathway of the reaction. Thus, the transition state has to be a saddle point. The saddle point is a stationary point, therefore its gradient has to equal zero. But also moving along the two different directions from the saddle point we get a local minimum in one direction and the local maximum in the direction orthogonal to the first. This means the transition state can be distinguished from the local minimum of the potential energy surface by identifying that it is also a local maximum in one of the directions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The products are identical to the reactants in the reaction of H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;. The Hammond&#039;s postulate suggests the transition state resembles the products and the reactants equally. This means that the potential energy surface is symmetrical along &#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;AB&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;=&#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;BC &amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;and the transition state lies at the local minimum of this axis. Shifting along &#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;AB&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;=&#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;BC&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039; will result in vibrations, which results in sinusoidal curves instead of perfectly straight lines. The position of the transition state was then adjusted by looking at forces acting along AB and BC directions. The transition state is a stationary point. Thus, the forces should be 0 at the point. The position of the transition state for this reaction was found to be &#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;=90.775 ± 3 pm.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Calculating the reaction path ====&lt;br /&gt;
Once the transition state was identified the minimum energy path can be calculated by slightly displacing the system (&#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;AB&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;=&#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;+1 pm, &#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;BC&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;=&#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;) with zero momentum (&#039;&#039;&#039;p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;AB&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;=&#039;&#039;&#039;p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;BC&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;=0 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;). The calculation type was changed from dynamic to MEP (minimum energy path), which resets the moments to zero after each step. This ensures that the system does not gain kinetic energy and does not oscillate as a consequence.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Plot MEP distances1 pg3518.png|thumb|MEP Internuclear distances vs Time plot|300x300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Plot MEP contour1 pg3518.png|thumb|MEP Contour plot|left]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Plot dynamic distances1 pg3518.png|thumb|Dynamic Ineternuclear distances vs Time plot]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Plot dynamic contour1 pg3518.png|left|thumb|Dynamic Contour plot]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|+ The position and momentum at the 1500&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;th&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; step (10 steps/fs)&lt;br /&gt;
!&lt;br /&gt;
!Dynamic&lt;br /&gt;
!MEP&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;AB&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039; / pm&lt;br /&gt;
|1113&lt;br /&gt;
|232&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;BC&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; &#039;&#039;&#039;/ pm&lt;br /&gt;
|76&lt;br /&gt;
|74&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;&#039;p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;AB&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039; mol·fs / g·pm&lt;br /&gt;
|5.1&lt;br /&gt;
|0&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;&#039;p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;BC&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; &#039;&#039;&#039;mol·fs / g·pm&lt;br /&gt;
|2.7&lt;br /&gt;
|0&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
When  (&#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;AB&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;=&#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;, &#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;BC&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;=&#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts &amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;+1 pm) are used as initial values for calculation of the reaction path, the result is a reflection trough mirror axis &#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;AB&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;=&#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;BC&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039; of the previously calculated reaction path. This is a result of the symmetric potential energy surface. When the final position from the table above was used as the initial position in the calculation and the signs of the momentum were reversed, we can see exactly the same trajectory where the system stops at the transition state.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Reactive and unreactive trajectories ====&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|+ The calculated trajectories from the initial position &#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;AB&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= 74 pm and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;BC&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= 200 pm&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
!&lt;br /&gt;
!p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;AB&#039;&#039;&#039; &#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;mol·fs / g·pm&lt;br /&gt;
!p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;BC&#039;&#039;&#039; &#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;mol·fs / g·pm&lt;br /&gt;
!E&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;tot&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
!Reactive?&lt;br /&gt;
!Description of the dynamics&lt;br /&gt;
!Illustration of the trajectory&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;&#039;1&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-2.56&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-5.1&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-414.3&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|YES&lt;br /&gt;
|The molecule AB and the atom C approach each other directly with enough momentum to overcome the activation barrier and form the new molecule BC.&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Plot1 dynamics contour pg3518.png|thumb]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;&#039;2&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-3.1&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-4.1&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-420.1&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|NO&lt;br /&gt;
|The C approaches AB directly. The system does not have enough momentum to overcome the activation barrier.  &lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Plot2 dynamics pg3518.png|thumb]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;&#039;3&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-3.1&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-5.1&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-414.0&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|YES&lt;br /&gt;
|The system approaches the transition state fast with small oscillations. After passing the transition state the new formed molecule BC has a higher vibrational frequency.&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Plot3 dynamics pg3518.png|thumb]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;&#039;4&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-5.1&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-10.1&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-357.3&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|NO&lt;br /&gt;
|The C approaches the molecule AB very fast. Newly formed molecule BC has too big momentum and vibrational energy. The BC reacts with A to reform AB with large vibrational energy.&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Plot4 dynamics pg3518.png|thumb]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;&#039;5&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-5.1&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-10.6&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-349.5&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|YES&lt;br /&gt;
|The C reacts with AB to from BC with the vibrational energy so big that the system passes the diagonal axis and form AB. C collides with AB. However, this time the oscillations do not cause the system to pass the &#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;AB&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;=&#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;BC &amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;axis. Therefore, the BC is formed.&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Plot5 dynamics pg3518.png|thumb]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Pg3518</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:pg3518&amp;diff=799300</id>
		<title>MRD:pg3518</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:pg3518&amp;diff=799300"/>
		<updated>2020-05-07T11:33:27Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Pg3518: /* Reactive and unreactive trajectories */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;= Molecular Reaction Dynamics: Applications to Triatomic systems =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Exercise 1: H +H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; system ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== The transition state ====&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Plot TS distances1 pg3518.png|alt=Plot showing Internuclear distances versus Time at transition state, r=90.775 pm. Plot shows to straight parallel lines. |thumb|Plot showing Internuclear distances vs Time at &#039;&#039;&#039;r&#039;&#039;&#039;= 90.775 pm.]]&lt;br /&gt;
The transition state is defined as the point with maximum energy on the minimum energy pathway of the reaction. Thus, the transition state has to be a saddle point. The saddle point is a stationary point, therefore its gradient has to equal zero. But also moving along the two different directions from the saddle point we get a local minimum in one direction and the local maximum in the direction orthogonal to the first. This means the transition state can be distinguished from the local minimum of the potential energy surface by identifying that it is also a local maximum in one of the directions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The products are identical to the reactants in the reaction of H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;. The Hammond&#039;s postulate suggests the transition state resembles the products and the reactants equally. This means that the potential energy surface is symmetrical along &#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;AB&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;=&#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;BC &amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;and the transition state lies at the local minimum of this axis. Shifting along &#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;AB&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;=&#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;BC&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039; will result in vibrations, which results in sinusoidal curves instead of perfectly straight lines. The position of the transition state was then adjusted by looking at forces acting along AB and BC directions. The transition state is a stationary point. Thus, the forces should be 0 at the point. The position of the transition state for this reaction was found to be &#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;=90.775 ± 3 pm.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Calculating the reaction path ====&lt;br /&gt;
Once the transition state was identified the minimum energy path can be calculated by slightly displacing the system (&#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;AB&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;=&#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;+1 pm, &#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;BC&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;=&#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;) with zero momentum (&#039;&#039;&#039;p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;AB&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;=&#039;&#039;&#039;p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;BC&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;=0 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;). The calculation type was changed from dynamic to MEP (minimum energy path), which resets the moments to zero after each step. This ensures that the system does not gain kinetic energy and does not oscillate as a consequence.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Plot MEP distances1 pg3518.png|thumb|MEP Internuclear distances vs Time plot|300x300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Plot MEP contour1 pg3518.png|thumb|MEP Contour plot|left]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Plot dynamic distances1 pg3518.png|thumb|Dynamic Ineternuclear distances vs Time plot]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Plot dynamic contour1 pg3518.png|left|thumb|Dynamic Contour plot]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|+ The position and momentum at the 1500&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;th&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; step (10 steps/fs)&lt;br /&gt;
!&lt;br /&gt;
!Dynamic&lt;br /&gt;
!MEP&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;AB&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039; / pm&lt;br /&gt;
|1113&lt;br /&gt;
|232&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;BC&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; &#039;&#039;&#039;/ pm&lt;br /&gt;
|76&lt;br /&gt;
|74&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;&#039;p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;AB&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039; mol·fs / g·pm&lt;br /&gt;
|5.1&lt;br /&gt;
|0&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;&#039;p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;BC&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; &#039;&#039;&#039;mol·fs / g·pm&lt;br /&gt;
|2.7&lt;br /&gt;
|0&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
When  (&#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;AB&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;=&#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;, &#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;BC&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;=&#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts &amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;+1 pm) are used as initial values for calculation of the reaction path, the result is a reflection trough mirror axis &#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;AB&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;=&#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;BC&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039; of the previously calculated reaction path. This is a result of the symmetric potential energy surface. When the final position from the table above was used as the initial position in the calculation and the signs of the momentum were reversed, we can see exactly the same trajectory where the system stops at the transition state.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Reactive and unreactive trajectories ====&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|+ The calculated trajectories from initial position&lt;br /&gt;
!&lt;br /&gt;
!p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;AB&#039;&#039;&#039; &#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;mol·fs / g·pm&lt;br /&gt;
!p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;BC&#039;&#039;&#039; &#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;mol·fs / g·pm&lt;br /&gt;
!E&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;tot&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
!Reactive?&lt;br /&gt;
!Description of the dynamics&lt;br /&gt;
!Illustration of the trajectory&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;&#039;1&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-2.56&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-5.1&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-414.3&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|YES&lt;br /&gt;
|The molecule AB and the atom C approach each other directly with enough momentum to overcome the activation barrier and form the new molecule BC.&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Plot1 dynamics contour pg3518.png|thumb]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;&#039;2&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-3.1&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-4.1&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-420.1&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|NO&lt;br /&gt;
|The C approaches AB directly. The system does not have enough momentum to overcome the activation barrier.  &lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Plot2 dynamics pg3518.png|thumb]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;&#039;3&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-3.1&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-5.1&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-414.0&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|YES&lt;br /&gt;
|The system approaches the transition state fast with small oscillations. After passing the transition state the new formed molecule BC has a higher vibrational frequency.&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Plot3 dynamics pg3518.png|thumb]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;&#039;4&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-5.1&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-10.1&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-357.3&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|NO&lt;br /&gt;
|The C approaches the molecule AB very fast. Newly formed molecule BC has too big momentum and vibrational energy. The BC reacts with A to reform AB with large vibrational energy.&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Plot4 dynamics pg3518.png|thumb]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;&#039;5&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-5.1&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-10.6&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-349.5&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|YES&lt;br /&gt;
|The C reacts with AB to from BC with the vibrational energy so big that the system passes the diagonal axis and form AB. C collides with AB. However, this time the oscillations do not cause the system to pass the &#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;AB&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;=&#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;BC &amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;axis. Therefore, the BC is formed.&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Plot5 dynamics pg3518.png|thumb]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Pg3518</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:pg3518&amp;diff=799294</id>
		<title>MRD:pg3518</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:pg3518&amp;diff=799294"/>
		<updated>2020-05-07T11:24:26Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Pg3518: /* Reactive and unreactive trajectories */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;= Molecular Reaction Dynamics: Applications to Triatomic systems =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Exercise 1: H +H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; system ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== The transition state ====&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Plot TS distances1 pg3518.png|alt=Plot showing Internuclear distances versus Time at transition state, r=90.775 pm. Plot shows to straight parallel lines. |thumb|Plot showing Internuclear distances vs Time at &#039;&#039;&#039;r&#039;&#039;&#039;= 90.775 pm.]]&lt;br /&gt;
The transition state is defined as the point with maximum energy on the minimum energy pathway of the reaction. Thus, the transition state has to be a saddle point. The saddle point is a stationary point, therefore its gradient has to equal zero. But also moving along the two different directions from the saddle point we get a local minimum in one direction and the local maximum in the direction orthogonal to the first. This means the transition state can be distinguished from the local minimum of the potential energy surface by identifying that it is also a local maximum in one of the directions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The products are identical to the reactants in the reaction of H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;. The Hammond&#039;s postulate suggests the transition state resembles the products and the reactants equally. This means that the potential energy surface is symmetrical along &#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;AB&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;=&#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;BC &amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;and the transition state lies at the local minimum of this axis. Shifting along &#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;AB&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;=&#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;BC&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039; will result in vibrations, which results in sinusoidal curves instead of perfectly straight lines. The position of the transition state was then adjusted by looking at forces acting along AB and BC directions. The transition state is a stationary point. Thus, the forces should be 0 at the point. The position of the transition state for this reaction was found to be &#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;=90.775 ± 3 pm.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Calculating the reaction path ====&lt;br /&gt;
Once the transition state was identified the minimum energy path can be calculated by slightly displacing the system (&#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;AB&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;=&#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;+1 pm, &#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;BC&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;=&#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;) with zero momentum (&#039;&#039;&#039;p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;AB&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;=&#039;&#039;&#039;p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;BC&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;=0 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;). The calculation type was changed from dynamic to MEP (minimum energy path), which resets the moments to zero after each step. This ensures that the system does not gain kinetic energy and does not oscillate as a consequence.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Plot MEP distances1 pg3518.png|thumb|MEP Internuclear distances vs Time plot|300x300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Plot MEP contour1 pg3518.png|thumb|MEP Contour plot|left]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Plot dynamic distances1 pg3518.png|thumb|Dynamic Ineternuclear distances vs Time plot]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Plot dynamic contour1 pg3518.png|left|thumb|Dynamic Contour plot]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|+ The position and momentum at the 1500&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;th&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; step (10 steps/fs)&lt;br /&gt;
!&lt;br /&gt;
!Dynamic&lt;br /&gt;
!MEP&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;AB&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039; / pm&lt;br /&gt;
|1113&lt;br /&gt;
|232&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;BC&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; &#039;&#039;&#039;/ pm&lt;br /&gt;
|76&lt;br /&gt;
|74&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;&#039;p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;AB&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039; mol·fs / g·pm&lt;br /&gt;
|5.1&lt;br /&gt;
|0&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;&#039;p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;BC&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; &#039;&#039;&#039;mol·fs / g·pm&lt;br /&gt;
|2.7&lt;br /&gt;
|0&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
When  (&#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;AB&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;=&#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;, &#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;BC&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;=&#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts &amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;+1 pm) are used as initial values for calculation of the reaction path, the result is a reflection trough mirror axis &#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;AB&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;=&#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;BC&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039; of the previously calculated reaction path. This is a result of the symmetric potential energy surface. When the final position from the table above was used as the initial position in the calculation and the signs of the momentum were reversed, we can see exactly the same trajectory where the system stops at the transition state.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Reactive and unreactive trajectories ====&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
!&lt;br /&gt;
!p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;AB&#039;&#039;&#039; &#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;mol·fs / g·pm&lt;br /&gt;
!p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;BC&#039;&#039;&#039; &#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;mol·fs / g·pm&lt;br /&gt;
!E&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;tot&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
!Reactive?&lt;br /&gt;
!Description of the dynamics&lt;br /&gt;
!Illustration of the trajectory&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;&#039;1&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-2.56&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-5.1&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-414.3&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|YES&lt;br /&gt;
|The molecule AB and the atom C approach each other directly with enough momentum to overcome the activation barrier and form the new molecule BC.&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Plot1 dynamics contour pg3518.png|thumb]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;&#039;2&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-3.1&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-4.1&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-420.1&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|NO&lt;br /&gt;
|The C approaches AB directly. The system does not have enough momentum to overcome the activation barrier.  &lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Plot2 dynamics pg3518.png|thumb]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;&#039;3&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-3.1&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-5.1&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-414.0&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|YES&lt;br /&gt;
|The system approaches the transition state fast with small oscillations. After passing the transition state the new formed molecule BC has a higher vibrational frequency.&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Plot3 dynamics pg3518.png|thumb]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;&#039;4&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-5.1&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-10.1&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-357.3&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|NO&lt;br /&gt;
|The C approaches the molecule AB very fast. Newly formed molecule BC has too big momentum and vibrational energy. The BC reacts with A to reform AB with large vibrational energy.&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Plot4 dynamics pg3518.png|thumb]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;&#039;5&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-5.1&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-10.6&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-349.5&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|YES&lt;br /&gt;
|The C reacts with AB to from BC with the vibrational energy so big that the system passes the diagonal axis and form AB. C collides with AB. However, this time the oscillations do not cause the system to pass the &#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;AB&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;=&#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;BC &amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;axis. Therefore, the BC is formed.&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Plot5 dynamics pg3518.png|thumb]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Pg3518</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=File:Plot5_dynamics_pg3518.png&amp;diff=799286</id>
		<title>File:Plot5 dynamics pg3518.png</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=File:Plot5_dynamics_pg3518.png&amp;diff=799286"/>
		<updated>2020-05-07T11:17:43Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Pg3518: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Pg3518</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=File:Plot4_dynamics_pg3518.png&amp;diff=799284</id>
		<title>File:Plot4 dynamics pg3518.png</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=File:Plot4_dynamics_pg3518.png&amp;diff=799284"/>
		<updated>2020-05-07T11:08:59Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Pg3518: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Pg3518</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:pg3518&amp;diff=799281</id>
		<title>MRD:pg3518</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:pg3518&amp;diff=799281"/>
		<updated>2020-05-07T11:04:48Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Pg3518: /* Reactive and unreactive trajectories */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;= Molecular Reaction Dynamics: Applications to Triatomic systems =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Exercise 1: H +H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; system ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== The transition state ====&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Plot TS distances1 pg3518.png|alt=Plot showing Internuclear distances versus Time at transition state, r=90.775 pm. Plot shows to straight parallel lines. |thumb|Plot showing Internuclear distances vs Time at &#039;&#039;&#039;r&#039;&#039;&#039;= 90.775 pm.]]&lt;br /&gt;
The transition state is defined as the point with maximum energy on the minimum energy pathway of the reaction. Thus, the transition state has to be a saddle point. The saddle point is a stationary point, therefore its gradient has to equal zero. But also moving along the two different directions from the saddle point we get a local minimum in one direction and the local maximum in the direction orthogonal to the first. This means the transition state can be distinguished from the local minimum of the potential energy surface by identifying that it is also a local maximum in one of the directions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The products are identical to the reactants in the reaction of H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;. The Hammond&#039;s postulate suggests the transition state resembles the products and the reactants equally. This means that the potential energy surface is symmetrical along &#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;AB&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;=&#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;BC &amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;and the transition state lies at the local minimum of this axis. Shifting along &#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;AB&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;=&#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;BC&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039; will result in vibrations, which results in sinusoidal curves instead of perfectly straight lines. The position of the transition state was then adjusted by looking at forces acting along AB and BC directions. The transition state is a stationary point. Thus, the forces should be 0 at the point. The position of the transition state for this reaction was found to be &#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;=90.775 ± 3 pm.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Calculating the reaction path ====&lt;br /&gt;
Once the transition state was identified the minimum energy path can be calculated by slightly displacing the system (&#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;AB&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;=&#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;+1 pm, &#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;BC&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;=&#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;) with zero momentum (&#039;&#039;&#039;p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;AB&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;=&#039;&#039;&#039;p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;BC&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;=0 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;). The calculation type was changed from dynamic to MEP (minimum energy path), which resets the moments to zero after each step. This ensures that the system does not gain kinetic energy and does not oscillate as a consequence.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Plot MEP distances1 pg3518.png|thumb|MEP Internuclear distances vs Time plot|300x300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Plot MEP contour1 pg3518.png|thumb|MEP Contour plot|left]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Plot dynamic distances1 pg3518.png|thumb|Dynamic Ineternuclear distances vs Time plot]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Plot dynamic contour1 pg3518.png|left|thumb|Dynamic Contour plot]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|+ The position and momentum at the 1500&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;th&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; step (10 steps/fs)&lt;br /&gt;
!&lt;br /&gt;
!Dynamic&lt;br /&gt;
!MEP&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;AB&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039; / pm&lt;br /&gt;
|1113&lt;br /&gt;
|232&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;BC&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; &#039;&#039;&#039;/ pm&lt;br /&gt;
|76&lt;br /&gt;
|74&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;&#039;p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;AB&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039; mol·fs / g·pm&lt;br /&gt;
|5.1&lt;br /&gt;
|0&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;&#039;p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;BC&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; &#039;&#039;&#039;mol·fs / g·pm&lt;br /&gt;
|2.7&lt;br /&gt;
|0&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
When  (&#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;AB&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;=&#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;, &#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;BC&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;=&#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts &amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;+1 pm) are used as initial values for calculation of the reaction path, the result is a reflection trough mirror axis &#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;AB&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;=&#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;BC&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039; of the previously calculated reaction path. This is a result of the symmetric potential energy surface. When the final position from the table above was used as initial position in the calculation and the signs of the momentum were reversed, we can see exactly same trajectory where the system stops at the transition state.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Reactive and unreactive trajectories ====&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
!&lt;br /&gt;
!p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;AB&#039;&#039;&#039; &#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;mol·fs / g·pm&lt;br /&gt;
!p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;BC&#039;&#039;&#039; &#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;mol·fs / g·pm&lt;br /&gt;
!E&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;tot&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
!Reactive?&lt;br /&gt;
!Description of the dynamics&lt;br /&gt;
!Illustration of the trajectory&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;&#039;1&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-2.56&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-5.1&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-414.3&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|YES&lt;br /&gt;
|The molecule AB and the atom C approach each other directly with enough momentum to overcome the activation barrier and form the new molecule BC.&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Plot1 dynamics contour pg3518.png|thumb]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;&#039;2&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-3.1&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-4.1&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-420.1&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|NO&lt;br /&gt;
|The C approaches AB directly. The system does not have enough momentum to overcome the activation barrier.  &lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Plot2 dynamics pg3518.png|thumb]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;&#039;3&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-3.1&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-5.1&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-414.0&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|YES&lt;br /&gt;
|The system approaches the transition state fast with small oscillations. After passing the transition state the new formed molecule BC has higher vibrational frequency.&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Plot3 dynamics pg3518.png|thumb]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;&#039;4&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-5.1&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-10.1&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-357.3&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|NO&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;&#039;5&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Pg3518</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=File:Plot3_dynamics_pg3518.png&amp;diff=799280</id>
		<title>File:Plot3 dynamics pg3518.png</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=File:Plot3_dynamics_pg3518.png&amp;diff=799280"/>
		<updated>2020-05-07T10:52:24Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Pg3518: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Pg3518</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:pg3518&amp;diff=799268</id>
		<title>MRD:pg3518</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:pg3518&amp;diff=799268"/>
		<updated>2020-05-07T10:40:20Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Pg3518: /* Exercise 1: H +H2 system */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;= Molecular Reaction Dynamics: Applications to Triatomic systems =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Exercise 1: H +H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; system ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== The transition state ====&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Plot TS distances1 pg3518.png|alt=Plot showing Internuclear distances versus Time at transition state, r=90.775 pm. Plot shows to straight parallel lines. |thumb|Plot showing Internuclear distances vs Time at &#039;&#039;&#039;r&#039;&#039;&#039;= 90.775 pm.]]&lt;br /&gt;
The transition state is defined as the point with maximum energy on the minimum energy pathway of the reaction. Thus, the transition state has to be a saddle point. The saddle point is a stationary point, therefore its gradient has to equal zero. But also moving along the two different directions from the saddle point we get a local minimum in one direction and the local maximum in the direction orthogonal to the first. This means the transition state can be distinguished from the local minimum of the potential energy surface by identifying that it is also a local maximum in one of the directions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The products are identical to the reactants in the reaction of H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;. The Hammond&#039;s postulate suggests the transition state resembles the products and the reactants equally. This means that the potential energy surface is symmetrical along &#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;AB&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;=&#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;BC &amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;and the transition state lies at the local minimum of this axis. Shifting along &#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;AB&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;=&#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;BC&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039; will result in vibrations, which results in sinusoidal curves instead of perfectly straight lines. The position of the transition state was then adjusted by looking at forces acting along AB and BC directions. The transition state is a stationary point. Thus, the forces should be 0 at the point. The position of the transition state for this reaction was found to be &#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;=90.775 ± 3 pm.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Calculating the reaction path ====&lt;br /&gt;
Once the transition state was identified the minimum energy path can be calculated by slightly displacing the system (&#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;AB&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;=&#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;+1 pm, &#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;BC&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;=&#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;) with zero momentum (&#039;&#039;&#039;p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;AB&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;=&#039;&#039;&#039;p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;BC&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;=0 g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;). The calculation type was changed from dynamic to MEP (minimum energy path), which resets the moments to zero after each step. This ensures that the system does not gain kinetic energy and does not oscillate as a consequence.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Plot MEP distances1 pg3518.png|thumb|MEP Internuclear distances vs Time plot|300x300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Plot MEP contour1 pg3518.png|thumb|MEP Contour plot|left]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Plot dynamic distances1 pg3518.png|thumb|Dynamic Ineternuclear distances vs Time plot]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Plot dynamic contour1 pg3518.png|left|thumb|Dynamic Contour plot]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|+ The position and momentum at the 1500&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;th&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; step (10 steps/fs)&lt;br /&gt;
!&lt;br /&gt;
!Dynamic&lt;br /&gt;
!MEP&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;AB&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039; / pm&lt;br /&gt;
|1113&lt;br /&gt;
|232&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;BC&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; &#039;&#039;&#039;/ pm&lt;br /&gt;
|76&lt;br /&gt;
|74&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;&#039;p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;AB&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039; mol·fs / g·pm&lt;br /&gt;
|5.1&lt;br /&gt;
|0&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;&#039;p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;BC&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; &#039;&#039;&#039;mol·fs / g·pm&lt;br /&gt;
|2.7&lt;br /&gt;
|0&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
When  (&#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;AB&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;=&#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;, &#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;BC&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;=&#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts &amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;+1 pm) are used as initial values for calculation of the reaction path, the result is a reflection trough mirror axis &#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;AB&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;=&#039;&#039;&#039;r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;BC&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039; of the previously calculated reaction path. This is a result of the symmetric potential energy surface. When the final position from the table above was used as initial position in the calculation and the signs of the momentum were reversed, we can see exactly same trajectory where the system stops at the transition state.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Reactive and unreactive trajectories ====&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
!&lt;br /&gt;
!p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;AB&#039;&#039;&#039; &#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;mol·fs / g·pm&lt;br /&gt;
!p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;BC&#039;&#039;&#039; &#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;mol·fs / g·pm&lt;br /&gt;
!E&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;tot&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
!Reactive?&lt;br /&gt;
!Description of the dynamics&lt;br /&gt;
!Illustration of the trajectory&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;&#039;1&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-2.56&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-5.1&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-414.3&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|YES&lt;br /&gt;
|The molecule AB and the atom C approach each other directly with enough momentum to overcome the activation barrier and form the new molecule BC.&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Plot1 dynamics contour pg3518.png|thumb]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;&#039;2&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-3.1&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-4.1&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;-420.1&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|NO&lt;br /&gt;
|The C approaches AB directly and the system has enough total energy to overcome the activation barrier. However, some of the energy is in the form of vibrational energy. The oscillations cause the trajectory to miss the transition state point. &lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Plot2 dynamics pg3518.png|thumb]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;&#039;3&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;&#039;4&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;&#039;5&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Pg3518</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=File:Plot1_dynamics_contour_pg3518.png&amp;diff=799257</id>
		<title>File:Plot1 dynamics contour pg3518.png</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=File:Plot1_dynamics_contour_pg3518.png&amp;diff=799257"/>
		<updated>2020-05-07T10:35:02Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Pg3518: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Pg3518</name></author>
	</entry>
</feed>